ASX Pre-Quotation Disclosure
Rule 1.14
ASX Listing Rules Appendix 1C (01/12/19) Page 1
+ See chapter 19 of the ASX Listing Rules for defined terms.
3436-4161-6914, v. 1
Appendix 1C
Application for Admission to the ASX Official List
(ASX Foreign Exempt Listing)
Name of entity
1
My Food Bag Group Limited
ABN/ARBN Date of this form
ARBN 646 807 301 11 February 2021
We (the entity named above) apply for admission to the
+
official list of ASX Limited (ASX) as an ASX
Foreign Exempt Listing and for
+
quotation of the following
+
securities (or such other number of
+
securities as we may notify to ASX prior to the commencement of
+
quotation):
Number
+
Class (quoted only)
Estimated maximum number
and
+
class of
+
securities to be
quoted on ASX at the
commencement of quotation on
ASX
242,437,524 Fully paid ordinary shares
By giving this form to ASX, we agree to the matters set out in Appendix 1C of the ASX Listing Rules.
Notes:
1. If the entity seeking admission is a trust, the application should be in the form “[Name of responsible entity of
trust] in its capacity as responsible entity of [Name of trust]”.
2. An entity seeking admission to the official list as an ASX Foreign Exempt Listing must also provide to ASX the
information and documents referred to in the Information Form and Checklist (ASX Foreign Exempt Listing)
published on the ASX website.
ASX Foreign Exempt Listing Information Form and Checklist (01/12/19) Page 1
3443-2849-9730, v. 1
Information Form and Checklist
(ASX Foreign Exempt Listing)
Name of entity ABN/ACN/ARBN/ARSN
My Food Bag Group Limited ARBN 646 807 301
We (the entity named above) supply the following information and documents to support our application
for admission to the official list of ASX Limited (ASX) as an ASX Foreign Exempt Listing.
Note: by giving an Appendix 1C Application for Admission to the ASX Official List (ASX Foreign Exempt Listing) to ASX, the entity is taken
to have warranted that all of the information and documents it has given, or will give, to ASX in connection with its admission to the official
list and the quotation of its securities are, or will be, accurate, complete and not misleading. It also indemnifies ASX to the fullest extent
permitted by law in respect of any claim, action or expense arising from, or connected with, any breach of that warranty (see Appendix 1C
of the ASX Listing Rules).
The information and documents referred to in this Information Form and Checklist (including any annexures to it) are covered by the
warranty and indemnity mentioned above.
Terms used in this Information Form and Checklist have the same meaning as in the ASX Listing Rules.
Part 1 – Information to be supplied with Appendix 1C
Instructions: please complete each applicable item below. If an item is not applicable, please mark it as “N/A”.
All entities – corporate details
Type of Australian registration number
given above (eg ABN, ACN, ARSN or
ARBN)
ARBN
Legal entity identifier, if applicable N/A
Place of incorporation or
establishment
New Zealand
Date of incorporation or
establishment
6 October 2016
Legislation under which incorporated
or established
Companies Act 1993
Address of registered office in place
of incorporation or establishment
Level 3, 56 Parnell Road, Parnell, Auckland, 1052, New Zealand
Address of registered office in
Australia (if any)
c/- Level 7, 151 Clarence Street, Sydney NSW 2000
Main business activity Online food delivery business providing meal kits and ready made meals to New
Zealand households
Country where main business activity
is mostly carried on
New Zealand
Home exchange and listing category
1
NZX Main Board
1
Examples: NZX Main Board, Toronto Stock Exchange, NASDAQ
ASX Foreign Exempt Listing Information Form and Checklist (01/12/19) Page 2
3443-2849-9730, v. 1
Any other exchanges on which the
entity is listed
New Zealand Stock Exchange
Street address of principal
administrative office
56 Parnell Road, Parnell, Auckland, New Zealand
Postal address of principal
administrative office
Level 3, 56 Parnell Road, Parnell, Auckland, New Zealand
Telephone number of principal
administrative office
+64 800 469 366
E-mail address for investor enquiries ir@myfoodbag.co.nz
Website URL https://www.myfoodbag.co.nz
All entities – board and senior management details
2
Full name and title of chairperson of
directors
Antony John Carter
Full names of all existing directors Antony John Carter, independent non-executive director and Chair
Jennifer Louise Bunbury, independent non-executive director
Jonathan Keith Macdonald, independent non-executive director
Sarah Kristina Hindle, independent non-executive director
Christopher John Whittington Marshall, non-executive director
Full names of any persons proposed
to be appointed as additional or
replacement directors
N/A
Full name and title of CEO/managing
director
Kevin Lester Bowler, Chief Executive Officer
Email address of CEO/managing
director
kevin.bowler@myfoodbag.co.nz
Full name and title of CFO Mark James Winter, Chief Financial Officer
Email address of CFO mark.winter@myfoodbag.co.nz
Full name and title of company
secretary
N/A (as a New Zealand incorporated company, My Food Bag does not have a
company secretary)
Email address of company secretary N/A (as a New Zealand incorporated company, My Food Bag does not have a
company secretary)
All entities – ASX compliance contact details
3
Full name and title of ASX contact(s) Mark Winter, Chief Financial Officer
Business address of ASX contact(s) Level 3, 56 Parnell Road, Parnell, Auckland, New Zealand
2
If the entity applying for admission to the official list is a trust, enter the board and senior management details for the responsible entity of the trust.
3
Under Listing Rule 1.11 Condition 9, a listed entity must appoint a person responsible for communication with ASX on Listing Rule matters. You can
appoint more than one person to cater for situations where the primary nominated contact is not available.
ASX Foreign Exempt Listing Information Form and Checklist (01/12/19) Page 3
3443-2849-9730, v. 1
Business phone number of ASX
contact(s)
(+64) 27 705 4413
Mobile phone number of ASX
contact(s)
(+64) 27 705 4413
Email address of ASX contact(s) mark.winter@myfoodbag.co.nz
All entities – investor relations contact details
Full name and title of person
responsible for investor relations
N/A
Business phone number of person
responsible for investor relations
N/A
Email address of person responsible
for investor relations
N/A
All entities – auditor details
Full name of auditor Ernst & Young
All entities – registry details
4
Name of securities registry Link Market Services Limited
Address of securities registry Level 12, 680 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000
Phone number of securities registry +61 1300 554 474
Fax number of securities registry +61 2 9287 0303
Email address of securities registry enquiries@linkmarketservices.co.nz
Type of subregisters the entity will
operate
5
CHESS and issuer sponsored subregisters
If the entity has or intends to have a
certificated subregister for quoted
securities, the location of the
Australian subregister
N/A
All entities – key dates
Annual balance date 31 March
Month in which annual meeting is
usually held (or intended to be held)
6
August
4
If the entity has different registries for different classes of securities, please indicate clearly which registry details apply to which class of securities.
5
Example: CHESS and issuer sponsored subregisters.
6
May not apply to some trusts.
ASX Foreign Exempt Listing Information Form and Checklist (01/12/19) Page 4
3443-2849-9730, v. 1
Months in which dividends or
distributions are usually paid (or are
intended to be paid)
December and June
Part 2 – Checklist Confirming Compliance with Admission Requirements
Instructions: please indicate in the “Location/Confirmation” column for each item below where the information or document referred to in
that item is to be found (eg in the case of information, the specific page reference in the entity’s most recent annual report or any
subsequent interim report where that information is located or, in the case of a document, the folder tab number where that document is
located). If the item asks for confirmation of a matter, you may simply enter “Confirmed”” in the “Location/Confirmation” column. If an item
is not applicable, please mark it as “N/A”.
In this regard, it will greatly assist ASX and speed up its review of the application if the various documents referred to in this Checklist
(other than the 10 copies of the entity’s most recent annual report and any subsequent interim report referred to in item 5) are provided in a
folder separated by numbered tabs.
Note that completion of this Checklist is not to be taken to represent that the entity is necessarily in full or substantial compliance with the
ASX Listing Rules or that ASX will admit the entity to its official list. Admission to the official list is in ASX’s absolute discretion and ASX
may refuse admission without giving any reasons (see Listing Rule 1.19).
All entities – key supporting documents
N
o
Item Location/Confirmation
1. A copy of the entity’s certificate of incorporation, certificate of registration or
other evidence of status (including any change of name)
See Item 1 (ASIC Certificate of
Registration as a Foreign Company)
See Item 2 (ASIC Certificate of Change
of Name)
See Item 3 (New Zealand Companies
Office Certificate of Incorporation)
2. A copy of the entity’s constitution
See Item 4 (Constitution)
3. Confirmation that the entity is subject to, and complies with, the listing rules
(or their equivalent) of its overseas home exchange (Listing Rule 1.11
Conditions 2 and 3)
Confirmed
4. Details of any waiver or all or part of any listing rule (or the equivalent)
provided by home exchange that will be in effect upon admission (Listing
Rule 1.11 Condition 4)
7
N/A
5. 10 copies of the entity’s most recent annual report and any subsequent
interim report
See Item 12 (Audited Financial
Statements for the financial years ended
31 March 2020 and 31 March 2019) and
Item 14 (Reviewed Financial
Statements for the six months ended 30
September 2020)
6. Original executed ASX Online agreement confirming that documents may be
given to ASX and authenticated electronically (Listing Rule 1.11
Condition 10)
8
See Item 5 (ASX Online agreement)
7. A specimen certificate/holding statement for each class of securities to be
quoted or a specimen holding statement for CDIs (as applicable)
See Items 6 and 7 (specimen
certificate/holding statement – issuer
sponsored and CHESS sponsored)
7
ASX may require details of waivers to be released to the market (see the note to Listing Rule 1.11 Condition 4).
8
An electronic copy of the ASX Online Agreement is available from the ASX Compliance Downloads page on ASX’s website.
ASX Foreign Exempt Listing Information Form and Checklist (01/12/19) Page 5
3443-2849-9730, v. 1
N
o
Item Location/Confirmation
8. Please either enter “Confirmed” in the column to the right to confirm that the
entity has not previously applied for, and been refused or withdrawn its
application for, admission to the official list of another securities exchange, or
attach a statement explaining the circumstances and state the location of
that statement
Confirmed
9. Payment for the initial listing fee.
9
Confirmed
All entities – capital structure
10. A table showing the existing and proposed capital structure of the entity,
broken down as follows:
(a) the number and class of each equity security and each debt security
currently on issue; and
(b) the number and class of each equity security and each debt security
proposed to be issued between the date of this application and the date
the entity is admitted to the official list; and
(c) the resulting total number of each class of equity security and debt
security proposed to be on issue at the date the entity is admitted to the
official list.
Note: This applies whether the securities are quoted or not. If the entity is proposing to issue a
minimum, maximum or oversubscription number of securities, the table should be presented to
disclose each scenario.
Please see Capitalisation Table on page
5 in the attached NZ Product Disclosure
Statement (PDS) (Item 8)
11. For each class of securities referred to in the table mentioned in item 10, the
terms applicable to those securities
Note: This applies whether the securities are quoted or not.
For equity securities (other than options to acquire unissued securities or convertible debt
securities), this should state whether they are fully paid or partly paid; if they are partly paid , the
amount paid up and the amount owing per security; voting rights; rights to dividends or
distributions; and conversion terms (if applicable).
For options to acquire unissued securities, this should state the number outstanding, exercise
prices and expiry dates
For debt securities or convertible debt securities, this should state their nominal or face value;
rate of interest; dates of payment of interest; date and terms of redemption; and conversion
terms (if applicable).
The Company has only ordinary shares
on issue, and no other securities.
Please see Section 6 ‘Key features of
ordinary shares’ on page 61 of the PDS
(Item 8) for the rights attaching to
ordinary shares
12. If any class of securities which you are seeking to have quoted on ASX will
not have CDIs issued over them, please obtain and provide an International
Securities Identification Number (ISIN) for that class (ASX is not able to
create a new ISIN for non-Australian issuers).
To be obtained
All entities – other information
13. A brief history of the entity
Please see ‘Our history’ on page 11 of
the PDS (Item 8)
14. Details of the entity’s existing activities and level of operations
Please see ‘Overview of the business’
on page 9 of the PDS (Item 8)
9
See Guidance Notes 15 and 15A for the fees payable on the application. Payment can be made either by cheque made payable to ASX Operations Pty
Ltd or by electronic funds transfer to the following account:
Bank: National Australia Bank
Account Name: ASX Operations Pty Ltd
BSB: 082 057
A/C: 494728375
Swift Code (Overseas Customers): NATAAU3202S
If payment is made by electronic funds transfer, please email your remittance advice to ar@asx.com.au or fax it to (612) 9227-0553, describing the payment
as the “initial listing fee” and including the name of the entity applying for admission, the ASX home branch where the entity has lodged its application (ie
Sydney, Melbourne or Perth) and the amount paid.
ASX Foreign Exempt Listing Information Form and Checklist (01/12/19) Page 6
3443-2849-9730, v. 1
N
o
Item Location/Confirmation
15. Confirmation that there is no information not already disclosed to the entity’s
home exchange that should have been disclosed under the rules of that
exchange
Confirmed
Entities that are trusts
16. Please enter “Confirmed” in the column to the right to indicate that no-one is
under an obligation to buy-back units in the trust or to allow a security holder
to withdraw from the trust (Listing Rule 1.11 Condition 8(c))
N/A
Entities that do not have a primary listing on NZX Main Board
17. A completed Appendix 1C Information Form and Checklist Annexure 1
(Entities that do not have a Primary Listing on the NZX Main Board)
10
N/A
Entities that have a primary listing on NZX Main Board
18. A completed Appendix 1C Information Form and Checklist Annexure 2
(Entities that have a Primary Listing on the NZX Main Board)
11
Please see Item 15 - Appendix 1C
Information Form and Checklist
Annexure 2
Further documents to be provided before admission to the official list
Please note that in addition to the information and documents mentioned above, an entity may be required to provide additional
information to ASX under Listing Rule 1.17.
10
An electronic copy of this Appendix is available from the ASX Compliance Downloads page on ASX’s website.
11
An electronic copy of this Appendix is available from the ASX Compliance Downloads page on ASX’s website.
ASX Foreign Exempt Listing Information Form and Checklist Annexure 2 (01/12/19) Page 1
3441-1111-6818, v. 2
Information Form and Checklist
Annexure 2 (Entities that have a Primary Listing
on the NZX Main Board)
Name of entity ABN/ACN/ARBN/ARSN
My Food Bag Group Limited ARBN 646 807 301
This Annexure forms part of the Information Form and Checklist supplied by the entity named above to support its
application for admission to the official list of ASX Limited (ASX) as an ASX Foreign Exempt Listing.
Instructions: please complete each applicable item below. If an item is not applicable, please mark it as “N/A”.
N
o
Item Location/Confirmation
All entities
1. For each director or proposed director, the CEO or proposed CEO, and the
CFO or proposed CFO (together, “relevant officers”) of the entity at the date
of listing,
1
a list of the countries in which they have resided over the past
10 years (Listing Rule 1.11 Condition 11 and Guidance Note 1 section 3.21)
2
Antony John Carter, Director - New
Zealand
Jennifer Louise Bunbury, Director - New
Zealand
Jonathan Keith Macdonald, Director -
New Zealand
Sarah Kristina Hindle, Director - New
Zealand and United Kingdom
Christopher John Whittington Marshall,
Director - New Zealand
Kevin Lester Bowler, Chief Executive
Officer - New Zealand
Mark James Winter, Chief Financial
Officer - New Zealand and Netherlands
2. For each relevant officer, a list of any other names or alias they have used in
the past 10 years, including any maiden name or married name
3
(Listing
Rule 1.11 Condition 11 and Guidance Note 1 section 3.21)
Jennifer Louise Bunbury, Director - New
Zealand – Jennifer Louise Martin
(maiden name)
3. For each relevant officer who is or has in the past 10 years been a resident
of Australia, an original or certified true copy of a national criminal history
check obtained from the Australian Federal Police, a State or Territory police
service or a broker accredited by Australian Criminal Intelligence
Commission which is not more than 12 months old (Listing Rule 1.11
Condition 11 and Guidance Note 1 section 3.21)
N/A
4. For each relevant officer who is or has in the past 10 years been a resident
of a country other than Australia, an original or certified true copy of an
equivalent national criminal history check to that mentioned in item 3 above
for each country in which the relevant officer has resided over the past
See Item 9 (national criminal history
check for each of Antony Carter,
Jennifer Bunbury, Jonathan Macdonald,
Sarah Hindle, Christopher Marshall,
1
If the entity applying for admission to the official list is a trust, references in items 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 to a relevant officer mean a relevant officer of the
responsible entity of the trust.
2
The information referred to in items 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 is required so that ASX can be satisfied that the relevant officer is of good fame and character
under Listing Rule 1.11 Condition 11.
3
The sample statutory declaration referred to in item 7 below addresses this requirement. Note that if the relevant officer has used another name or alias
(including a maiden name or married name) in the past 10 years, the criminal record and bankruptcy checks referred to in items 3, 4, 5, and 6 must cover
all of the names or aliases the relevant officer has used over that period.
ASX Foreign Exempt Listing Information Form and Checklist Annexure 2 (01/12/19) Page 2
3441-1111-6818, v. 2
N
o
Item Location/Confirmation
10 years (in English or together with a certified English translation) which is
not more than 12 months old or, if such a check is not available in any such
country, a statutory declaration
4
from the relevant officer confirming that fact
and that he or she has not been convicted in that country of:
(a) any criminal offence involving fraud, dishonesty, misrepresentation,
concealment of material facts or breach of his or her duties as a director
or officer of a company or other entity; or
(b) any other criminal offence which at the time carried a maximum term of
imprisonment of five years or more (regardless of the period, if any, for
which he or she was sentenced),
or, if that is not the case, a statement to that effect and a detailed
explanation of the circumstances involved (Listing Rule 1.11 Condition 11
and Guidance Note 1 section 3.21)
Kevin Bowler and Mark Winter, all New
Zealand
Mark Winter, Netherlands
Sarah Hindle, United Kingdom)
5. For each relevant officer who is or has in the past 10 years been a resident
of Australia, an original or certified true copy of a search of the Australian
Financial Security Authority National Personal Insolvency Index which is not
more than 12 months old (Listing Rule 1.1 Condition 11 and Guidance
Note 1 section 3.21)
N/A
6. For each relevant officer who is or has in the past 10 years been a resident
of a country other than Australia, an original or certified true copy of an
equivalent national bankruptcy check to that mentioned in item 5 above for
each country in which the relevant officer has resided over the past 10 years
(in English or together with a certified English translation) which is not more
than 12 months old or if such a check is not available in any such country, a
statutory declaration
5
from the relevant officer confirming that fact and that
he or she has not been declared a bankrupt or been an insolvent under
administration in that country or, if that is not the case, a statement to that
effect and a detailed explanation of the circumstances involved (Listing
Rule 1.11 Condition 11 and Guidance Note 1 section 3.21)
See Item 10 (national insolvency check
for each of Antony Carter, Jennifer
Bunbury, Jonathan Macdonald, Sarah
Hindle, Christopher Marshall, Kevin
Bowler and Mark Winter, all New
Zealand
Mark Winter, Netherlands
Sarah Hindle, United Kingdom)
7. A statutory declaration
6
from each relevant officer specifying whether they
have used any other name or alias in the past 10 years and confirming that:
(a) the relevant officer has not been the subject of any criminal or civil penalty
proceedings or other enforcement action by any government agency in
which he or she was found to have engaged in behaviour involving fraud,
dishonesty, misrepresentation, concealment of material facts or breach of
duty;
(b) the relevant officer has not been refused membership of, or had their
membership suspended or cancelled by, any professional body on the
ground that he or she has engaged in behaviour involving fraud,
dishonesty, misrepresentation, concealment of material facts or breach of
duty;
(c) the relevant officer has not been the subject of any disciplinary action
(including any censure, monetary penalty or banning order) by a securities
exchange or other authority responsible for regulating securities markets
for failure to comply with his or her obligations as a director or officer of a
listed entity;
(d) no listed entity of which he or she was a relevant officer (or, in the case of
a listed trust, in respect of which he or she was a relevant officer of the
responsible entity of the trust) at the time of the relevant conduct has been
the subject of any disciplinary action (including any censure, monetary
penalty, suspension of trading or termination of listing) by a securities
exchange or other authority responsible for regulating securities markets
for failure to comply with its obligations under the Listing Rules applicable
to that entity; and
See Item 11 (statutory declaration for
each of Antony Carter, Jennifer
Bunbury, Jonathan Macdonald, Sarah
Hindle, Christopher Marshall, Kevin
Bowler and Mark Winter)
4
The sample statutory declaration referred to in item 7 below also addresses this requirement.
5
The sample statutory declaration referred to in item 7 also addresses this requirement.
6
A sample statutory declaration is available from the ASX Compliance Downloads page on ASX’s website.
ASX Foreign Exempt Listing Information Form and Checklist Annexure 2 (01/12/19) Page 3
3441-1111-6818, v. 2
N
o
Item Location/Confirmation
(e) the relevant officer is not aware of any pending or threatened investigation
or enquiry by a government agency, professional body, securities
exchange or other authority responsible for regulating securities markets
that could lead to proceedings or action of the type described in (a), (b),
(c) or (d) above,
or, if the relevant officer is not able to give such confirmation, a statement to
that effect and a detailed explanation of the circumstances involved (Listing
Rule 1.11 Condition 11 and Guidance Note 1 section 3.18)
Entities applying under the profit test
8. Evidence that the entity is a going concern or the successor of a going
concern (Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a) and 1.2.1)
See Item 12 (Audited Financial
Statements for the financial years ended
31 March 2020, 31 March 2019 and 31
March 2018)
9. Evidence that the entity has been in the same main business activity for the
last 3 full financial years (Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a) and 1.2.2)
See Item 12 (Audited Financial
Statements for the financial years ended
31 March 2020, 31 March 2019 and 31
March 2018) and see ‘Our history’ on
page 11 of the PDS (Item 8)
10. Audited accounts for the last 3 full financial years, including the audit reports
(Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a) and 1.2.3(a))
See Item 12 (Audited Financial
Statements for the financial years ended
31 March 2020, 31 March 2019 and 31
March 2018)
11. If the entity’s last financial year ended more than 6 months and 75 days
before the date of this application, audited or reviewed accounts for the last
half year (or longer period if available), including the audit report or review
(Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a) and 1.2.3(b))
See Item 14 (Reviewed Financial
Statements for the six months ended 30
September 2020)
12. A reviewed pro forma statement of financial position, including the review
(Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a) and 1.2.3(c))
7
See Item 13 (Pro forma statement of
financial position reviewed by KPMG)
13. Evidence that the entity’s aggregated profit from continuing operations for
the last 3 full financial years has been at least $1 million (Listing Rules 1.11
Condition 6(a) and 1.2.4)
See Item 12 (Audited Financial
Statements for the financial years ended
31 March 2020, 31 March 2019 and 31
March 2018)
14. Evidence that the entity’s profit from continuing operations in the past
12 months to a date no more than 2 months before the date of this
application has exceeded $500,000 (Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a) and
1.2.5)
See Item 15 (Statement of financial
performance to 31 December 2020)
15. Is there a statement in the Offer Document that the entity’s directors
8
have
made enquiries and nothing has come to their attention to suggest that the
entity is not continuing to earn profit from continuing operations up to the
date of the Offer Document
If so, where is it?
No.
See Item 16 (Director’s statement)
7
Note: the review must be conducted by a registered company auditor (or if the entity is a foreign entity, an overseas equivalent of a registered company
auditor) or independent accountant.
8
If the entity applying for admission to the official list is a trust, the statement should be made by the directors of the responsible entity of the trust.
ASX Foreign Exempt Listing Information Form and Checklist Annexure 2 (01/12/19) Page 4
3441-1111-6818, v. 2
N
o
Item Location/Confirmation
If not, please attach such a statement signed by all of the entity’s directors
9
(Listing Rule 1.2.6)
Entities applying under the assets test
16. Evidence that the entity has:
(a) if it is not an investment entity, net tangible assets of at least $4 million
(after deducting the costs of fund raising) or a market capitalisation of at
least $15 million;
(b) if it is an investment entity other than pooled development fund, net
tangible assets of at least $15 million; or
(c) if it is a pooled development fund, net tangible assets of at least
$2 million (Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a), 1.3.1 and 1.3.4)
N/A
17. Evidence that the entity’s working capital (as shown in its reviewed pro forma
statement of financial position under listing Rule 1.3.5(d)) is at least
$1.5 million (Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a) and 1.3.3(c))
N/A
18. Audited accounts for the last 2 full financial years, including the audit reports
(Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a) and Listing Rule 1.3.5(a))
N/A
19. If the entity’s last financial year ended more than 6 months and 75 days
before the date of this application, audited or reviewed accounts for the last
half year (or longer period if available), including the audit report or review
(Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a) and 1.3.5(b))
N/A
20. If the entity has in the 12 months before the date of this application acquired,
or is proposing in connection with its application for admission to acquire,
another entity or business that is significant in the context of the entity,
audited accounts for the last 2 full financial years for that other entity or
business, including the audit reports (Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a) and
1.3.5(c) first bullet point)
N/A
21. If the entity has in the 12 months before the date of this application acquired,
or is proposing in connection with its application for admission to acquire,
another entity or business that is significant in the context of the entity and
the last full financial year for that other entity or business ended more than
6 months and 75 days before the date of this application, audited or
reviewed accounts for the last half year (or longer period if available) from
the end of the last full financial year for that other entity or business,
including the audit report or review (Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a) and
1.3.5(c) second bullet point)
N/A
22. A reviewed pro forma statement of financial position, including the review
(Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a) and 1.3.5(d))
10
N/A
9
If the entity applying for admission to the official list is a trust, the statement should be signed by all directors of the responsible entity of the trust.
10
Note: the review must be conducted by a registered company auditor or an overseas equivalent of a registered company auditor or independent
accountant.
---
Make My
Food Bag
yours.
Product Disclosure Statement
Initial public offering of ordinary shares in My Food Bag Group Limited
11 February 2021
This document gives you important information about this investment to help
you decide whether you want to invest. There is other useful information about
this offer on www.disclose-register.companiesoffice.govt.nz/. My Food Bag
Group Limited has prepared this document in accordance with the Financial
Markets Conduct Act 2013. You can also seek advice from a financial adviser
to help you to make an investment decision.
Section 1
Key information
summary
What is this?
This is an offer of ordinary shares in My Food Bag Group
Limited. Ordinary shares give you a stake in the ownership of
My Food Bag. You may receive a return if dividends are paid
or My Food Bag increases in value and you are able to sell
your ordinary shares at a higher price than you paid for them.
If My Food Bag runs into financial difficulties and is wound
up, you will be paid only after all creditors have been paid.
You may lose some or all of your investment.
About My Food Bag
My Food Bag is New Zealand’s longest standing meal kit
provider, and is a well-loved and successful New Zealand
brand. Each week My Food Bag delivers thousands of bags
full of fresh, tasty and locally sourced ingredients along with
easy-to-follow recipes direct to families across New Zealand
so that they can create nutritious meals in their homes.
Since inception we have been intensely focussed on developing
healthy and delicious recipes, product innovation and exceptional
customer service. This has resonated with New Zealand customers
and we have delivered over 85 million meals to Kiwis since
we began trading in 2013. We have a strong understanding
of customers’ needs and our portfolio of product offerings is
designed to appeal to a wide range of Kiwi preferences. We offer
a variety of products under the My Food Bag, Bargain Box, and
Fresh Start brands and most recently we have entered the ready-
made meal market with the MADE brand.
We operate in the fast growing online food delivery market.
Our extensive database, high brand awareness, digital
capabilities and nationwide coverage provide a strong
platform for growth in this market, as well as an opportunity
for expansion beyond food.
Waterman Fund 3 LP (Waterman) is the major shareholder
of My Food Bag with an approximate 66% shareholding.
The balance of the Shares are held by the co-founders of
My Food Bag and others, including senior management of
My Food Bag.
For more information, see Section 2 (My Food Bag and
what it does).
Purpose of this offer
The purpose of this offer is to raise capital for My Food Bag
to repay existing bank debt and to enable Existing
Shareholders to realise part of their investment. The Offer is
not underwritten. Waterman intends to retain a shareholding
of not less than 15% following the Offer, with other Existing
Shareholders intending to retain at least 8.7% in aggregate.
You can find more information about the use of the proceeds
of the Offer in Section 3 (Purpose of the Offer).
2
Key terms of the offer
Description
of the Shares
Ordinary shares
Offer Price
$1.85 per Share
Bookbuild
19 February 2021
Foodies Offer, Priority
Offer and Broker Firm
Offer open
19 February 2021
Foodies Offer, Priority
Offer and Broker Firm
Offer close
26 February 2021
Expected
commencement of
trading on the NZX
Main Board and ASX
5 March 2021 (Shares will be
allotted no later than the Business
Day prior to the commencement
of trading)
Number of new
Shares being offered
by My Food Bag
29.6 million (being 12.2% of the
total Shares on issue immediately
following the Offer)
Number of existing
Shares offered by
SaleCo
155.3 million (being 64.1%
of the total Shares on issue
immediately following the Offer)
Total number of Shares
being offered
185.0 million (being 76.3%
of the total Shares on issue
immediately following the Offer)
Liabilities, fees and
charges
If you sell your Shares, you may
be required to pay brokerage
or other sale expenses. You may
also be liable for tax on the sale
of your Shares. You should seek
your own tax advice in relation
to your Shares.
These dates are indicative only and may change. My Food
Bag, with the agreement of the Joint Lead Managers, reserves
the right to vary or extend these dates and to withdraw the
Offer at any time before the date on which Shares are first
allotted. My Food Bag may also accept late Applications
(either generally or in individual cases).
How you can get your money out
My Food Bag intends to quote these ordinary shares on the
NZX Main Board and on the ASX. This means you may be
able to sell them on the NZX Main Board or ASX if there are
interested buyers. You may get less than you invested. The
price will depend on the demand for the ordinary shares.
3
Key drivers of returns
ASPECTS OF OUR BUSINESS WHICH DRIVE
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
OUR KEY STRATEGIES AND PLANS
1. MEAL KIT BAG DELIVERY VOLUME
The number of bags delivered, which
is a function of the number of Active
Customers and the number of bags
they buy in a given period, is a key
driver of revenue.
• Investment in marketing to drive consumer awareness of our brands.
• Selective use of marketing activities targeted at acquiring and reactivating
valuable customers.
• Provide a range of product offerings, each with a different proposition to target
a specific market segment.
• Provide innovative solutions (such as My Choice Bag and new goal-based
offerings) to engage new and existing customers and increase order frequency.
2. PRODUCT MIX
The type of bag selected, and one-
offs or extras added, impact Average
Order Value and Contribution Margin.
• Targeted new product development to increase Average Order Value and
Contribution Margin.
• Actively manage our pricing strategy to increase order frequency and ensure an
appropriate return on our bags.
3. OPERATING COSTS
Our operating costs directly impact
profitability.
• Focus on procurement optimisation to provide higher quality ingredients to our
customers, enhancing customer experience, and realising cost efficiencies.
• Tightening of ordering processes and heightened operational controls via our
newly implemented ERP System.
• Attention to costs to deliver margin improvement as the business scales.
4. PLATFORM AND DISTRIBUTION
CAPABILITIES
Established platform and distribution
network to facilitate growth.
• Harness data and technology to develop new cost-effective methods for
providing our services.
• Use our database and insights to better understand our customers and build
stronger customer relationships.
• Utilise our extensive distribution network and ability to reach ~86% of the
New Zealand population to support growth and expand beyond food.
You should read this table in conjunction with Section 2 (My Food Bag and what it does).
Key risks affecting this investment
Investments in shares are risky. You should consider if
the degree of uncertainty about My Food Bag’s future
performance and returns is suitable for you. The price of
these ordinary shares should reflect the potential returns and
the particular risks of these ordinary shares. My Food Bag
considers that the most significant risk factors that could affect
the value of the ordinary shares are:
• Food Safety Risk – Our products could contain foreign
objects, allergens not properly labelled, harmful bacteria
or other organisms due to receipt of compromised
product, incorrect handling of food (including through
our distribution network) or failure to follow food safety
procedures. A food safety incident could cause harm
to customers and result in product withdrawal, damage
to our reputation, loss of customers or regulatory
consequences.
• IT and Data Security Risk – We rely on various information
systems to run our websites, mobile apps and business
operations and to store customer data. These systems may
suffer a material malfunction, disruption or security breach
affecting our ability to communicate with or fulfil our
commitments to customers, suppliers or key stakeholders.
A data security breach involving private customer data
could result in damage to our reputation, regulatory
consequences or litigation.
• Product Assembly Risk – Assembly of our products could
be disrupted by an event (such as a fire, a power outage
or a serious health and safety incident at one of our
assembly centres, a lack of availability of temporary
labour or disruption to delivery of ingredients to our
assembly centres). This could cause delivery of our
products to be late or we may be unable to deliver our
products, resulting in refunds or credits or customers
cancelling their subscriptions.
This summary does not cover all of the risks of investing in
ordinary shares. You should also read Section 8 (Risks to
My Food Bag’s business and plans).
4
1 You can find an explanation of implied market capitalisation and implied enterprise value in Section 7 (My Food Bag’s financial information).
2 Net debt on completion of the Offer is calculated as term loans and borrowings less net cash and cash equivalents, including lease liabilities of $10.0 million,
immediately following the completion of the Offer, and assumes that all transaction costs are paid before or upon completion of the Offer.
My Food Bag’s financial information
The financial position and performance of My Food Bag are essential to an assessment of this offer.
You should also read Section 7 (My Food Bag’s financial information).
CAPITALISATION TABLE
Number of Shares being offered185.0 million
Number of Shares on issue following the Offer242.4 million
Offer Price $1.85
Implied market capitalisation
1
$448.5 million
Net Debt (including lease liabilities) / (Cash)
on completion of the Offer
2
$26.1 million
Implied enterprise value
1
$474.6 million
KEY INVESTMENT METRICS FY21FFY22F
Implied enterprise value / Pro forma EBITDA16.7x 13.9x
Price / Pro forma earnings per Share28.7x 22.4x
Pro forma earnings per Share$0.06$0.08
Price / Earnings per Share585.9x22.4x
Earnings per Share$0.00$0.08
Dividends declared per Share$0.07
Implied dividend yield - cash dividend declared3.6%
Implied dividend yield - gross dividend declared5.0%
The key investment metrics are prepared based on NZ GAAP, as well as certain non-NZ GAAP pro forma financial information.
More information on pro forma adjustments and reconciliations to information prepared in accordance with NZ GAAP is available
in the Supplementary Financial Information on the Offer Register.
The first dividend that will be paid following the Offer is expected to be the FY22F interim dividend in December 2021.
5
1KEY INFORMATION SUMMARY
02
LETTER FROM THE CHAIR
07
2MY FOOD BAG AND WHAT IT DOES
08
3PURPOSE OF THE OFFER
53
4KEY DATES AND OFFER PROCESS
54
5TERMS OF THE OFFER
55
6KEY FEATURES OF ORDINARY SHARES
61
7MY FOOD BAG’S FINANCIAL INFORMATION
62
8RISKS TO MY FOOD BAG’S BUSINESS AND PLANS
70
9TAX
76
10WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
77
11HOW TO APPLY
78
12CONTACT INFORMATION
79
13GLOSSARY
80
Contents
6
Letter from
the Chair
My Food Bag is an online food delivery business and is
synonymous with meal kits in New Zealand. We are
New Zealand’s longest standing meal kit provider and
have delivered over 85 million meals to more than 300,000
New Zealand households since 2013.
Each week, we deliver thousands of bags full of fresh, tasty and
locally sourced ingredients along with easy-to-follow recipes
direct to families across New Zealand so that they can create
nutritious meals in their homes. By investing in My Food Bag,
you will have the opportunity to share in our mission to ‘inspire
Kiwi families to be happier and healthier, one meal at a time’.
We offer the broadest range of meal kit bags in New
Zealand under the My Food Bag, Bargain Box and Fresh
Start brands, and most recently we have entered the ready-
made meal market with the MADE brand. We focus on
evolving our product offering through innovation and a strong
understanding of customers’ needs to appeal to a wide range
of New Zealand consumers.
My Food Bag operates in the fast growing online food delivery
market. Global trends towards online shopping, and growing
demand for food convenience and healthy living are key trends
on which we can build our brands and product offerings.
There is further opportunity for expansion within My Food
Bag’s core meal kit and ready-made meal markets to align to
consumer trends and play a bigger part in customers’ lives.
I am personally excited about My Food Bag’s growth
opportunities beyond our core markets, with benefits
expected after the Prospective Period. My Food Bag’s track
record of innovation and established platform consisting
of our extensive database, high brand awareness, proven
e-commerce capability and nationwide distribution network
positions the business well to expand into the wider food and
grocery market.
We are committed to further improving our sustainability
practices, focusing on minimising waste and reducing
our environmental impact. Our strategic positioning of
assembly centres across the country supports the reduction
of transportation mileage. Relative to traditional food
retailers, we source and deliver just the right amount of meal
ingredients, supported by our like-minded suppliers. We also
use sustainable packaging where possible, including re-usable
crates, recycled cardboard and water ice packs.
Led by Kevin Bowler, My Food Bag has an accomplished and
passionate management team supported by a diverse staff of
200 that have the expertise, skillset and vision to continue to
deliver value for both shareholders and customers. In addition,
we have an experienced board of directors with extensive
experience in the grocery and e-commerce industries, and
significant listed company experience.
Waterman Fund 3 LP is the major shareholder of My Food
Bag with an approximate 66% shareholding. The balance
of the shares are held by the co-founders of My Food Bag
and others, including senior management. In addition to the
issuance of new Shares to raise funds for My Food Bag, the
Offer will enable Existing Shareholders to realise part of their
investment in My Food Bag, allowing new investors and our
Eligible Foodies to participate in our future success. The new
funds raised by My Food Bag will be used to repay bank debt
and pay transaction costs, which will assist in providing My
Food Bag with balance sheet flexibility to pursue our growth
strategy and to respond to trading conditions as required.
Together, Existing Shareholders will retain at least 23.7%
ownership of My Food Bag following the Offer, reflecting
their ongoing support and belief in our vision.
My Food Bag’s Board and management are excited about
offering you the opportunity to become a part of our future.
This PDS contains important information about My Food Bag
and the Offer. We encourage you to read this PDS carefully
and consider in particular Section 8 (Risks to My Food Bag’s
business and plans) before making your investment decision.
We look forward to My Food Bag becoming a publicly listed
company and, on behalf of my fellow Directors, I welcome
your interest in this Offer.
Yours sincerely,
Tony Carter
Chair
Dear Investor,
On behalf of the My Food Bag Board, I am delighted to invite
you to become an investor in our Company.
TONY CARTER, CHAIR
7
Section 2
My Food Bag
and what it does
8
Overview of
the business
My Food Bag is an online food delivery business and New Zealand’s longest
standing meal kit provider. Each week My Food Bag delivers thousands of bags
full of nutritious, locally sourced ingredients along with easy-to-follow recipes
direct to families across New Zealand, taking the stress out of meal times and
bringing families together. Since the business commenced trading in 2013,
we have delivered over 85 million meals to New Zealanders.
My Food Bag offers the broadest range of meal kit bags in
New Zealand under the My Food Bag, Bargain Box and
Fresh Start brands. Since inception we have focussed on
evolving our product offering through innovation and a strong
understanding of customers’ needs to appeal to a wide range
of New Zealand consumers. We continue to innovate to meet
changing consumer food, demographic and societal trends,
and most recently we entered the large and growing ready-
made meal market with the MADE brand.
We regularly review our bags to ensure we are priced
competitively to supermarkets. Not only is our offer convenient
and tailored to customers’ dietary preferences, it is also cost
effective for our customers.
My Food Bag operates a source-to-order model meaning just
the right amount of ingredients are delivered to My Food
Bag assembly centres and subsequently the customer which
minimises waste (food, packaging and transport) across the
entire process from supplier to customer.
My Food Bag has an established platform consisting of
our extensive database, high brand awareness, proven
e-commerce capability and nationwide distribution network.
Our platform has enabled us to scale to where we are today
and will provide the foundation for future growth:
• Loved Brand: My Food Bag is a highly loved brand and
enjoys high levels of awareness and advocacy.
• Customer Database: We utilise the data and insights
from our database of ~300,000 customers (and their
purchasing behaviour) and over 10,000 recipes (and
associated reviews), to drive our day-to-day decision
making and inform our strategic direction.
• Nationwide Distribution: Our nationwide network allows
us to deliver to approximately 86% of the New Zealand
population, and we have sufficient capacity to support growth.
• Capability: We have an experienced senior leadership
group supported by a highly engaged team, deep digital
expertise, and a demonstrable capability to successfully
execute innovative e-commerce solutions.
Building on our history of innovation and exceptional
customer service, we have identified a pipeline of growth
opportunities based upon two strategic areas of focus to
expand further into the $37 billion New Zealand retail food
sector (refer to Our Growth Strategy for further information):
3
1. Continued leadership in the meal kit market and expand
our food-based offerings to align to consumer trends and
play a bigger part in customers’ lives. These are current
and continuing areas of focus for the business, which we
refer to as Horizon One; and
2. Utilise the established My Food Bag platform to disrupt the
New Zealand business to consumer market – for example,
by expanding into the broader online food and grocery
market. These opportunities have been identified and are
in development for future launch with benefits expected
after the Prospective Period. We refer to this area of focus
as Horizon Two.
My Food Bag Group Limited is the company that is expected
to be listed on completion of the Offer with the ticker code
‘MFB’ on NZX and ASX. My Food Bag Limited, a wholly
owned subsidiary of My Food Bag Group Limited, is the
operating company of the Group and is the only subsidiary
of My Food Bag Group Limited.
3 This encompasses grocery sales, food and beverage services i.e. café, restaurant and takeaway spend, and specialised food retailing (e.g. butchers). Stats NZ - Sales
and stocks by industry, in current and constant prices (SAFC) (Annual-Mar) in the year ended 31 March 2020.
9
How it works
1. CREATE
Every week our
chefs and in-house
nutritionist develop
new recipes, building
on our database of
over 10,000 recipes
Recipes are designed
to use only basic
kitchen utensils and
a few pantry staples;
a list of which is
emailed to customers
2. CHOOSE
Customers can
choose from the full
My Food Bag brand
portfolio, which
includes a range of
12 bags with options
for different numbers
of people and nights
per week, as well as
dietary preferences
or requirements
Customers can
choose to have their
bag delivered weekly
or fortnightly on a
flexible subscription
5. RECIPE RATINGS
Customers can then
rate their recipes to
provide feedback
direct to our chefs
Ratings drive the
direction of future
innovation and
ensure recipes which
customers love are
available again
3. SOURCE &
DELIVER
We source to
order the freshest
New Zealand meat,
fish and produce,
resulting in minimal
food waste at our
assembly centres
Bags are delivered
direct to customers
on a Saturday,
Sunday or Monday
depending on
their location and
preference
4. COOK & ENJOY
The fun begins!
Using the step-by-step
recipes, customers
create & enjoy their
meals
2
3
4
5
1
C
R
E
A
T
E
C
H
O
O
S
E
S
O
U
R
C
E
&
D
E
L
I
V
E
R
R
E
C
I
P
E
R
A
T
I
N
G
S
C
O
O
K
&
E
N
J
O
Y
10
Our history
My Food Bag commenced trading in 2013 and is recognised
as a loved and successful brand in New Zealand.
Built on strong values with a clear purpose to inspire Kiwi families to be happier
and healthier, one meal at a time, My Food Bag was created to answer the question,
“what are we having for dinner tonight?” From day one we have focused on
innovation, sustainability, provenance (with approximately 98% of all meat and
produce sourced locally), and exceptional customer service.
We are an entrepreneurial growth story, supported by exceptional human and
technological capability. In just over eight years, we have grown to become one
of the most well known online food retailers in New Zealand.
4
Timeline of key My Food Bag milestones:
4 Prompted Awareness, Colmar Brunton August 2020.
MARCH 2013
MY FOOD BAG
COMMENCED
TRADING
SEPTEMBER 2013
MY FOOD BAG
LAUNCHED IN
WELLINGTON
MAY 2017
NEW PURPOSE-
BUILT OFFICE AND
DEVELOPMENT KITCHEN
OCTOBER 2019
MY PLANT BASED
BAG LAUNCHED
OCTOBER 2017
NEW ASSEMBLY
CENTRE IN
AUCKLAND
MAY 2019
MADE
LAUNCHED
OCTOBER 2013
MY CHRISTMAS BAG
LAUNCHED
APRIL 2017
FRESH START
LAUNCHED
JUNE 2020
NEW ERP SYSTEM
FULLY IMPLEMENTED
APRIL 2014
MILLIONTH MEAL
DELIVERED
JULY 2016
BARGAIN BOX
LAUNCHED
JUNE 2020
MY CHOICE BAG
LAUNCHED
NOVEMBER 2014
MY FOOD BAG
LAUNCHED IN
CHRISTCHURCH
SEPTEMBER 2015
MY VEGGIE BAG
LAUNCHED
OCTOBER 2020
80 MILLIONTH
MEAL DELIVERED
1,000,000
80,000,000
11
Our strengths
1. Highly loved brand with high levels
of customer advocacy
• The My Food Bag brand has a high level of awareness
in the meal kit market at 88%.
5
• My Food Bag is identified by its customers as a
sustainable, innovative and high-quality Kiwi brand.
5
• My Food Bag has industry leading user feedback and
Net Promoter Scores (NPS) across all brands. 85% of
customers said they either like or love the brand in a
recent customer survey.
5
• Our My Food Bag, Fresh Start and Bargain Box brands
have consistently achieved a 4.7 out of 5 rating on
external review platform Reviews.IO.
2. Nationwide customer base, assembly
centre and distribution capabilities
with capacity for growth
• We have a geographically diverse customer base with
customers located throughout the country, as far north as
Kaitaia and as far south as Bluff. This is supported by a
nationwide delivery network which allows us to service
~86% of the New Zealand population by partnering with
New Zealand Post.
• We are the only large scale New Zealand meal kit
delivery business with chilled assembly centres in both the
North and South Island, providing logistical efficiencies
and greater delivery certainty. At all centres, physical
capacity exceeds the current and forecast output.
• Our supply chain is robust and resistant to adverse events
with 98% of all meat and produce being sourced locally
in New Zealand.
6
5 Colmar Brunton, August 2020.
6 The remaining 2% includes produce that can’t be sourced in New Zealand e.g. tropical fruits or ginger.
85
%
of customers love or
like the My Food Bag brand
5
~
86
%
of the New Zealand
population able to be serviced
12
7 Refer to the Glossary for the definition of a Reactivated Customer.
3. Loyal growing customer database
supports high recurring revenue
• Our significant database consisting of ~300,000 customers
provides us with rich data insights to personalise our
marketing, product range and recipe mix in order to keep
customers engaged. This promotes customer loyalty and
purchase frequency, driving high recurring revenue. Further,
these insights enable us to successfully reactivate customers.
7
• We have achieved consistent growth in Active Customers
(40% between Q1 FY18 and Q3 FY21), and our average
orders per quarter (approximately 5.5 times per customer)
and Average Order Value (average net sales revenue per
delivery of ~$125) translates into a high (~$690) average
revenue per customer per quarter in FY21 YTD.
• We have achieved an uplift of 28.4% in delivery volumes
in FY21 YTD (compared to FY20 YTD) due to successful
customer led innovation, exceptional customer service and
the onset of COVID-19. This uplift in delivery volumes has
been driven by My Food Bag’s existing, loyal customers
(nearly 90% of FY21 YTD revenue has been contributed by
customers who have purchased over 6 orders, and this is
consistent with the previous comparable period).
• The improvement in customer purchasing behaviour and
increase in customers we have achieved this year to date
has strengthened our Active Customer base, and as such,
we believe the revenue uplift achieved in FY21 YTD reflects
an increase in sustainable, recurring revenue.
ROLLING DELIVERY VOLUMES BY FINANCIAL YEARS (000’S)
-
4Q181Q192Q193Q194Q191Q202Q203Q204Q201Q212Q213Q214Q21
200
400
600
800
1,000
1,200
1,400
1,600
1,800
4. Established and scalable business
model supports significant earnings
growth and cash flow generation
• Our established platform facilitates scalable and profitable
growth while our brand equity and product offering
minimises the need for significant discounting to attract
new customers.
• Our strengthened procurement function has identified
significant operational efficiencies and product quality
improvements, driving Contribution Margin expansion.
• Historically we have delivered compound Pro Forma
EBITDA growth of 14.9% per annum (from FY18 to FY20)
and are forecast to deliver Pro Forma EBITDA growth of
74.5% in FY21 and a further 20.2% in FY22.
• Our asset-light model supports significant cash flow
generation, enabling dividend payments in the
Prospective Period (FY22 forecast gross dividend yield
of 5.0%) and future dividend growth potential in line with
earnings growth.
FY18
Pro Forma
18.4%15.0%10.6%9.1%8.3%
FY19
Pro Forma
FY20
Pro Forma
FY21
Forecast
FY22
Forecast
-
PRO FORMA EBITDA (NZD MILLIONS) AND MARGIN
10.0
20.0
30.0
40.0
12.4
13.9
16.3
28.5
34.2
FY22 forecast gross
dividend yield of
5.0
%
Note: Rolling delivery volume figures represent the last twelve months
of deliveries up to and including the end of each quarter shown
13
7. Sustainability is a key focus for us
• We use environmentally friendly packaging wherever
possible and order and pre-portion the exact amount of
food required, which almost eliminates supply chain food
waste and reduces excess packaging. By comparison,
supermarkets send approximately 23% of their waste to
landfill, which equates to 3kg per person every year.
10
• Approximately 80% of our ingredients by value are
delivered to our assembly centres in re-usable crates, boxes
are made from 47% recycled cardboard, wool insulation
liners are 100% compostable and biodegradable and we
predominantly use 100% water ice packs.
• We are committed to continuing to remove waste and only
work with suppliers who align themselves with our ethical
and environmental standards.
8 https://thefulldownload.co.nz/ecommerce-spotlight-december.
9 https://covid19.govt.nz/everyday-life/support-your-community/buy-local-to-support-locals/
10 University of Otago Food Science Department, 2020, study based on a sample of 16 supermarkets nationwide.
5. Demonstrated resilience
to competitive pressure
• We have continued to grow revenue and earnings, evident
in the growth in Active Customers since the arrival of
competition. This is despite the arrival of HelloFresh in
FY19, which resulted in growth slowing for a short period.
We continue to offer a portfolio of brands which is market
leading on quality and innovation at a range of price
points to suit Kiwi customers.
• Our chefs and in-house nutritionist have developed a
database of over 10,000 recipes that has been optimised
over time using customer feedback data with a focus on
using locally sourced ingredients to suit Kiwi tastes.
• Our Customer Love team are all based in New Zealand to
best serve our Kiwi customers.
6. Significant market tailwinds are
highly supportive
• Continuing trends towards online shopping, both in
New Zealand and elsewhere in the world, accelerated
by COVID-19 are positive for demand for My Food Bag.
The first ten months of 2020 have seen online shopping
spend in New Zealand grow by over 25% (compared
to 2019).
8
• Supporting this trend is an increased desire from
customers to favour trusted brand names selling
locally sourced goods, especially those with greater
supply chain transparency.
• Growing demand for food convenience and healthy
living combined with increasing levels of ‘goal-based’,
personalised eating solutions are key trends on which
we can leverage our brands.
developed with
locally sourced
ingredients to
suit Kiwi tastes
New Zealand Government promoting
‘buy local to support locals’
9
Supply chain designed to
minimise food waste
Over
10k
recipes
B
U
Y
L
O
C
A
L
S
U
P
P
O
R
T
L
O
C
A
L
S
14
8. Established platform to execute on pipeline of growth opportunities
• We have a proven record of successful growth since our inception in 2013, consistently bringing innovative
product ranges and recipes to market to cater to changing consumer food, demographic and societal trends.
• Our loved brands, large database of highly engaged customers, significant reach to New Zealand
households and proven capability to successfully execute innovative e-commerce solutions provides us a
strong platform to take advantage of industry trends to further our growth.
• We have a meaningful near term opportunity for continued leadership in the meal kit market and
expanding our food-based offerings to align to consumer trends and play a bigger part in customers’ lives.
• We have a significant opportunity to utilise the My Food Bag platform to disrupt the New Zealand business
to consumer market – for example, by expanding into the broader online food and grocery market.
MY FOOD BAG
PLATFORM
You can find information on the Risks to My Food Bag’s business and plans in Section 8 (Risks to My Food Bag’s business and plans).
BRAND
AWARENESS
CUSTOMERS
EITHER LIKE OR
LOVE THE BRAND
88%
85%
BRAND
TRACK RECORD OF
OPERATION AND
INNOVATION
E-COMMERCE PLATFORM
CAPABILITY
CUSTOMERS
FEEDBACK PROVIDING
INSIGHT INTO
CUSTOMER PREFERENCES
DATABASE
OF THE NEW ZEALAND
POPULATION
LOCAL SUPPLIER
RELATIONSHIPS
~
86%
PROVEN
SCALABLE
NATIONWIDE
COVERAGE
~
300K
CONTINUOUS
STRONG
15
Synonymous with meal kits in New Zealand, the My
Food Bag brand targets the broadest range of customers
and promises to help you get meals “Deliciously Sorted”
with a wide selection of product offerings.
Goal-based offerings designed to help customers
achieve goals whether it be weight loss or fitness
focused goals.
My Food Bag’s most accessible offering, providing
“Family Faves, Bargain Prices”. Designed to bring
quick, easy, affordable, tasty and healthy meals to
Kiwi households.
An important format differentiator to our meal kits.
Designed to offer an easier alternative to cooking,
MADE offers a range of fresh, ready-made meals that
only require heating.
Within the My Food Bag, Bargain Box and Fresh
Start brands we offer a variety of goal-based offerings
which assist customers to achieve a goal through their
diet. For example, the goal might be weight loss or
reducing meat intake.
To further cater to customer needs, when ordering My
Food Bag, Bargain Box and Fresh Start, customers
can add extra offerings to their bags, such as MADE,
My Fruit Box and Lunch. We also create innovative
seasonal and one-off bags within these brands to drive
customer demand and brand relevance, such as My
Christmas Bag and My Winter Wellness Bag.
Our brands
My Food Bag offers the broadest range of meal kit bags in New Zealand,
under three major brands, My Food Bag, Bargain Box and Fresh Start.
Under our MADE brand, we offer a range of ready-made meals. Each of
our brands has a different proposition to target a specific market segment.
TOTAL
DELIVERIES
FY21F
54
%
MY FOOD BAG
16
%
FRESH START
3
%
MADE
28
%
BARGAIN BOX
16
My Food Bag is the longest
standing meal kit brand in
New Zealand, with a value
proposition that targets
everyday New Zealanders. The
My Food Bag brand range has
an offer to suit all household
types and food preferences,
containing a diverse range of
recipes to answer the question
“What are we having for
dinner tonight?”
Designed in response to
consumer’s request for choice,
our latest innovation,
My Choice Bag, provides
customers with the flexibility
to choose between 3, 4 or 5
nights for 2 or 4 people, and
pick their recipes from 10
different options each week.
My Choice Bag
Pick from a selection of
10 recipes!
$10.00 - $17.50 per plate
$104.99 - $199.99 per week
My Family Bag
Kid friendly meals for the
whole family.
$8.75 per plate
$174.99 per week
My Gourmet Bag
Restaurant quality meals
made easy.
$19.12 per plate
$152.99 per week
My Gluten Free Bag
Delicious, gluten-free meals
for families.
$9.60 per plate
$191.99 per week
My Veggie Bag
Seasonally inspired
vegetarian recipes.
$11.58 - $16.00 per plate
$127.99 - $138.99 per week
My Plant Based Bag
Plant based recipes using
vegan ingredients.
$11.00 - $16.00 per plate
$127.99 - $175.99 per week
My Classic Bag
Classic meals (with a
Nadia twist).
$10.00 - $20.60 per plate
$102.99 - $199.99 per week
PeopleNights
244
PeopleNights
2344
PeopleNights
23454
PeopleNights
12354
PeopleNights
54
PeopleNights
54
PeopleNights
42
17
New Zealand’s most affordable meal kit available
nationwide, providing “Family Faves, Bargain Prices”.
Bargain Box was launched as a separate brand to My Food
Bag in June 2016 and is our lowest priced offering.
Bringing convenient, affordable, flavoursome and healthy
meals to New Zealand’s households, Bargain Box recipes
are designed to be consistently priced below supermarkets
(for the equivalent quality ingredients) on a delivered, per
portion basis, providing the best value for money option of
its kind.
Bargain Boxes offer variety for customers, typically including
at least one beef meal, one chicken meal and a pork meal
each week. Promoting nutrition, Bargain Box uses premium
free-range meat and plenty of fresh vegetables. All meals
strive to live up to the “Family Faves” promise using the
highest quality ingredients in crowd pleasing recipes. Recipe
ratings help us ensure meals are designed to suit the whole
family, including children.
Fresh Start was launched in April 2017 and is a great
example of our approach to helping people achieve their
goals through diet. Fresh Start currently offers meal kits
designed to help customers achieve their weight loss goals
with the tagline “Lose weight the delicious way”.
Fresh Start recipes are designed by chefs and our in-house
nutritionist to be refined sugar free, made with mostly
unrefined and minimally processed carbohydrates, naturally
lower in both gluten and dairy, and to provide protein from
both lean meat and plant-based sources.
Fresh Start customers have the option to join the free Fresh
Start Programme. The Fresh Start Programme has driven
customer loyalty and brand love. Once enrolled in the
programme, customers are sent weekly emails providing
motivation and education from our nutrition team as well as
milestone rewards on a four and eight-week basis. They also
receive an invitation to join our closed Facebook group for
additional community support from both My Food Bag and
their peers on the programme. Since the launch of the Fresh
Start Programme more than 16,000 customers have
participated, enjoying the high level of support and
accountability the programme offers.
Fresh Start Lite
450 calories or less &
reduced carbs
$10.80 - $23.40 per plate
$116.99 - $215.99 per week
Bargain Box
A cost-effective option
for families.
Bargain Box Veggie
Family friendly vegetarian recipes.
$6.10 - $14.66 per plate
$87.99 - $182.99 per week
$8.50 - $14.17 per plate
$84.99 - $101.99 per week
PeopleNights
1254
PeopleNights
234
PeopleNights
24356
18
MADE was established in July 2019 and offers customers
an easier alternative to cooking – delivering a range of
ready-made meals that just require heating.
MADE complements our existing meal kit offering and
targets a demographic outside of our core meal kit market.
The offering also provides another way to drive customer
reactivation.
The ready-made meal market is a growing market globally,
and ready-made meals cater to older singles and couples
looking for a break from cooking as well as customers
aged between 20 and 30 years old (typically time poor
professionals with a higher discretionary spend).
MADE meals are offered as a weekly subscription, can be
added as an extra by My Food Bag, Bargain Box and
Fresh Start customers, and are also a popular option within
My Choice Bags.
The meals are available in 1, 2 and 4 person portions, and
are ready-made in small batches by our three supply partners
using premium fresh and free range ingredients. These meals
are delivered to our assembly centres fresh, packed into bags
and are delivered to customers chilled, not frozen.
Seasonal and one-off bags
My Food Bag continues to innovate and offer seasonal or
one-off bags to drive customer demand and brand relevance,
including:
• My Christmas Bag: My Food Bag’s range of Christmas
bags has been a popular offering, and is designed to feed
the whole extended family at Christmas. Each year it is
launched in October, and caters to approximately 100,000
people for Christmas dinner.
• My Winter Wellness Bag: Seasonally inspired winter meals
offered from around April each year, typically for a 5 month
period. This bag combines slow cooker meals with roasts
and winter comfort foods, and in 2020 had the added
aspect of “wellness”.
• My Back-up Bag: Long life, shelf stable ingredients offered
to customers in response to New Zealand’s COVID-19
lockdown. The bag was offered as a one-off purchase, no
subscription required.
• Other one off and seasonal bags have included My BBQ Bag,
My Valentine’s Date Night Dinner Bag and My Baking Box.
MADE
Choose
your meals
12 different
delicious &
nutritious meals
to choose from
We deliver
Hand-made
and delivered
fresh & fast
Heat & eat
Nothing frozen,
just pop in
microwave
or oven
Repeat
Change meals,
skip a week or
cancel anytime
nutritious heat and eat meals
Option to select:
$12.99 - $15.99 per plate
$63.96 - $155.88 per week
+ $10 delivery
Buying MADE as a single subscription
HOW MADE WORKS
46912
19
Our recipes
Nude Food
Our recipe development is guided by Nadia Lim’s Nude
Food philosophy, “Eat real food that comes from the ground,
sea and sky, and less from factories”. It guides our choice of
ingredients and suppliers as well as the recipe design for all
of our products. Nadia is a co-founder and shareholder in
My Food Bag, and she has played an important role in the
Company since its inception.
Development Kitchen
The Development Kitchen is central to My Food Bag, typically
developing more than 20 unique recipes each week. The
talented and passionate team of 18 is made up of chefs, food
stylists, photographers, a New Zealand registered nutritionist
and a recipe editing team. The team offers a diverse skill set
with experience ranging from professional chefs in leading
restaurants, to private chefs on super yachts, to cookbook
authors, bakers and caterers.
Menu planning and recipe development is completed six weeks
in advance of delivery. Having developed a bank of more than
10,000 tried, tested and rated recipes, we have a strong data-
driven focus on creating delicious inspiring recipes each week
that keep customers engaged in our product. In line with the
Nude Food philosophy we prioritise in-season local ingredients,
free range poultry, using 98% New Zealand produce. The
Development Kitchen’s in-house New Zealand registered
nutritionist ensures all menus are nutritionally balanced and all
ingredients meet our standards for additives and preservatives.
A key driver of our success is the recipe ratings provided by
our customers. Each week we receive ~8,500 recipe ratings.
Customers rate their recipes out of 5 and give comments,
providing feedback for the Development Kitchen team. An
average score is maintained for each recipe, providing a steady
flow of feedback as to what customers like and dislike. This
directs future recipe development and contributes to a culture of
continuous improvement and much loved recipes for customers.
The Development Kitchen process is also guided by data
analytics of each recipe, to generate ongoing value
optimisation while driving purchase frequency.
The Photography Kitchen is a state-of-the-art studio with the
capability to capture still and video imagery. Our team create
all imagery for recipe cards, website, social media platforms
and promotional content, shooting 40+ recipe images per week.
AVERAGE RECIPE RATING FY18 - 3Q FY21 (RATINGS OUT OF 5)
3.85
3.80
3.90
3.95
4.00
4.05
4.10
4Q183Q182Q181Q181Q192Q193Q194Q194Q201Q201Q212Q202Q213Q203Q21
20
Our customersOur customers
Growing Active Customer base
The number of Active Customers has steadily increased during
recent years due to our track record of successful customer led
innovation, exceptional customer service and, in FY21 YTD, the
onset of COVID-19. Despite growth in Active Customers slowing
for a short period following the arrival of HelloFresh in FY19,
our Active Customer base has continued to grow. We expect to
continue to grow our Active Customer base, drive order frequency
and increase customer engagement through expansion of our
existing offerings (including our recent goal-based offerings and
My Choice Bag) as well as introducing new brands, products,
attractive new one-off bags, seasonal offerings and including free
bonus products in bags to surprise and delight customers.
We have a geographically diverse
customer base with customers located
throughout the country, as far north as
Kaitaia and as far south as Bluff. This
is supported by a nationwide delivery
network which allows us to service ~86%
of the New Zealand population by
partnering with New Zealand Post.
Customer Retention Analysis
There has been an uplift in My Food Bag’s Active Customers in
FY21 YTD due to new product development and a pull forward in
demand resulting from COVID-19.
• The retention rate and average order frequency of Acquired
Customers in FY21 YTD has been in line with My Food Bag’s
FY20 YTD (the prior comparable period) Acquired Customers.
• The retention rate of Reactivated Customers has strengthened
in FY21 YTD, with Reactivated Customers taking on average
0.5 more deliveries in their first 13 weeks of reactivation
(compared to the FY20 YTD prior comparable period).
• The order frequency of Retained Customers (who account for
~60% of total Active Customers) is a key driver of My Food
Bag’s delivery volumes and revenue. Order frequency of
Retained Customers has increased and been sustained at a
higher level in FY21 YTD.
Although there has been a significant uplift in Active Customers in
FY21 YTD, Retained Customers have remained stable at ~60%
of total Active Customers. Overall the combination of the uplift in
Active Customers and improvement in average order frequency
during this period (including following New Zealand returning
to lower Alert Levels) provides My Food Bag the confidence that
the uplift in delivery volumes and revenue is sustainable over the
forecast period.
Acquired and Reactivated Customers
Average Retained Customers (per FY)
Retained Customers
Average Active Customers (per FY)
TOTAL ACTIVE CUSTOMERS SPLIT (000’s)
4Q183Q182Q181Q181Q192Q193Q194Q191Q202Q203Q204Q201Q212Q213Q21
20
40
60
80
-
CUSTOMER GEOGRAPHICAL SPLIT
1
1
1HFY21 split by total delivery
South Island
(ex Canterbury)
16%
Upper North Island
(ex Auckland)
13%
Auckland
30%
Lower North Island
(ex Wellington)
8%
Canterbury
17%
Wellington
16%
21
Our marketing
strategy
A
C
Q
U
I
R
E
&
R
E
A
C
T
I
V
A
T
E
Marketing activities
Our marketing initiatives primarily consist of the following three
types of activities, all supported by our data insights:
Customer acquisition cost return on
investment
My Food Bag’s profitability is supported by strong customer
acquisition economics, with a customer acquisition cost (CAC)
payback period of ~3 months. Lifetime customer value (LTV)
displays consistent growth, reaching ~6.2x the CAC after 5
years, delivering a strong payback on customer acquisition.
11
Promote and encourage families to cook, bake, eat together and share quality time
because we believe ‘dinner makes families’ and supports our overarching purpose.
Ongoing commitment to supporting and showcasing New Zealand suppliers.
Partnering with local New Zealand charities and organisations to create better, healthier
communities including Garden to Table, City Missions and Kaibosh Food Rescue. A meal
kit developed for the Ministry of Social Development was piloted in 2019.
A variety of promotional
activities are employed
to encourage trial and
reactivation.
Segmentation of the
customer database is
used to ensure
reactivation offers are
appropriately targeted.
Automated
communications are in
place to ensure lapsed
customers receive timely
encouragement to
re-purchase.
Free bonus products are
regularly placed into
bags to surprise and
delight customers, which
also provides us with
the opportunity to
build relationships
with like-minded
Kiwi companies.
We run various
loyalty programmes
through the year.
B
U
I
L
D
B
R
A
N
D
S
K
I
W
I
S
L
O
V
E
B
U
I
L
D
L
O
Y
A
L
T
Y
ENGAGING
WITH OUR
CUSTOMERS
11 LTV calculated using FY21 forecast Contribution Margin. CAC represents all acquisition costs and includes total annual marketing spend (discounting, marketing cost
of goods sold and general advertising) per customer acquired.
Acquisition3M12M24M36M48M60M
~1.1x
~2.2x
~3.3x
~4.2x
~5.1x
~6.2x
CUSTOMER ACQUISITION RETURN ON INVESTMENT
Customer acquisition costLifetime customer value
22
BRAND AMBASSADOR
NADIA LIM
Nadia Lim is a co-founder and shareholder in My Food Bag, and is
well known in New Zealand for winning MasterChef New Zealand in
2011. Nadia has a Bachelors degree in Applied Science, majoring
in Human Nutrition and a post-graduate Diploma in Dietetics from
The University of Otago, and was a registered dietitian for 12 years.
Nadia’s Nude Food philosophy continues to guide My Food Bag’s
recipe development. Over the last few years, Nadia’s main activities
for My Food Bag have included video and photo shoots, events,
publicity interviews and promoting My Food Bag activities on her
social media platforms.
Nadia has a Brand Ambassador Agreement with My Food Bag which
expires in November 2023. This agreement provides for the usage
of Nadia’s ‘Nude Food Philosophy’ into perpetuity by the Company.
23
Marketing channels
We utilise multiple channels to communicate the My Food Bag
story, and promote our strong and growing brands:
1. DATABASE MARKETING
We have maintained a comprehensive database of customers
and their activities since inception of the business. Having
developed a sophisticated customer segmentation model, which
divides customers into segments based on past purchasing
behaviour, we have the ability to tailor messaging and create a
more personalised and commercially optimised user experience
which improves customer engagement and purchasing frequency.
Our primary form of communication to our customers is via email
with very high open rates reflecting high levels of engagement.
2. SOCIAL MEDIA
Social media (Facebook and Instagram) is a key pillar in the
advertising strategy used to achieve direct and cost-effective
customer communication. We have social media accounts for
all brands (My Food Bag, Bargain Box, Fresh Start and MADE)
as well as closed groups for our goal-based groups (i.e. Facebook
groups for our vegetarian and Fresh Start customers) which
customers are invited to join. In total we have over 350,000
followers across our various brand accounts and this large and
growing social presence drives website visits and promotes
on-going brand engagement, which we believe provides a
valuable source of new customers.
3. SPONSORSHIPS & INFLUENCERS
We have a network of social influencers, brand ambassadors and
media personalities who are used to promote our brand portfolio.
These ambassadors include a diverse mix of high-profile sports
people, popular television and radio personalities and some
of New Zealand’s largest social media influencers. Partnership
arrangements depend on the influencer and specific campaign
and include activities ranging from social posts to featuring in
advertising campaigns and recipe collaborations.
4. PAID MEDIA
My Food Bag uses paid media strategically to boost brand
awareness and communicate key messaging. An optimised blend
of digital, radio, outdoor and television is used depending on the
specific brand and campaign objectives.
My Choice TVNZ Ad
Bargain Box TVNZ Ad
24
Customer Love Team
A key strength of the business is our New Zealand based award-
winning Customer Love team with a proven track record of
delighting our customers, a growing strength in outbound selling
and providing us with rich customer insights. The value of the
Customer Love team is illustrated through the following areas:
1. QUALITY
• Customer Satisfaction, measured by surveys and ratings
on a weekly basis, often scores over 80%, which is ahead
of the US benchmark of 74.4%.
12
• 2017 Westpac Business Excellence Awards – Excellence
in Customer Service.
• 2019 Readers Digest Award for Best Customer Service in
Meal Kits (My Food Bag Gold, Bargain Box Silver).
• The team is based in our Auckland head office, enabling
them to easily collaborate responses with different
business functions.
2. CAPABILITY
• Customer Love helps customers with a range of questions
from customer account to delivery queries.
• The mix of permanent, part time and casual staff allows
the team size to flex to meet demand as required.
• Capability for both inbound queries and outbound sales
supported by plans to extend further through automation.
• Multi-channel communications – email is the primary form
of inbound contact, followed by phone, chat and social
(social and email have grown as channels year-on-year).
Excellence in
Customer Service
Westpac Auckland
Business Awards
12 U.S. Overall Customer Satisfaction Average Score, American Customer Satisfaction Index, Q3 2020.
11 Dec
20
18 Dec
20
25 Dec
20
1 Jan
21
8 Jan
21
15 Jan
21
83%
82%
83%
86%
84%84%
WEEKLY CUSTOMER SATISFACTION SCORE
25
Our operating cycle
and distribution channels
Weekly Operations Cycle
We operate a weekly business cycle, with orders for the following
week’s delivery ‘locked’ on a Sunday night, ingredients arriving
to our assembly centres on Tuesday through Friday, and items
‘picked and packed’ on Thursday and Friday prior to being
delivered to customers.
Monday
• The billing run is
made and customer
money received
• My Food Bag’s
procurement
team review and place
orders with suppliers
Tuesday & Wednesday
• Ingredients begin to arrive at our assembly centres in
Auckland & Christchurch, with the majority arriving
on-site on Wednesday and Thursday. Other ingredients
are delivered as late as Friday to ensure freshness
• Ingredients sourced from more than 200 suppliers
Thursday
• Picking and
packing
commences
mid-morning
• 30,000+
boxes picked
and packed
per week
Saturday
• Picking and packing
concludes
• Boxes are transported
to distribution depots
around the country
• Delivery made to
customers electing
Saturday delivery
• Bargain Box & MADE
deliveries begin (via
the NZ Post overnight
network)
Friday
• Staging commences to
get boxes ready for pick
up from the Auckland
and Christchurch
assembly centres
Sunday
• My Food Bag & Fresh
Start branded boxes are
delivered to customers
via New Zealand Post’s
exclusive Sunday network
(with some deliveries on
Monday via NZ Post’s
overnight network)
• Customers are sent
a text to inform them
of delivery details
1
76
3
4
5
2
Sunday Evening
• Subscribers have until
11:59pm to adjust their
orders for the following
week’s delivery.
• Orders can be changed
through both the website
or mobile app
26
Supply Chain Overview
We operate a largely outsourced and asset light supply chain
model, while always maintaining close oversight across
supply and delivery.
FOOD SUPPLIERS
We are dedicated to sourcing the freshest local produce, meat
and fish, by working closely with some of New Zealand’s best
food suppliers. My Food Bag exclusively provides free range
and sustainably farmed products across its entire portfolio
of brands.
FLEXIBLE SUPPLIER RELATIONSHIPS
We operate a ‘source-to-order’ model: purchase orders are
placed with suppliers on a weekly basis at the exact levels
required to match customer orders (allowing for a small buffer
of stock) to minimise waste and thus drive efficiency.
Through our ERP System, our purchase orders are
automatically generated based on the associated customer
orders for the week and sent out to suppliers on a Monday.
Items begin arriving at our chilled assembly centres on
Tuesday afternoon, and continue arriving as needed through
to Friday.
We have formed close relationships with our suppliers,
sharing demand and supply forecasts several weeks in
advance. If any supply issues are encountered, we have the
flexibility to adapt and respond with a range of different
recipe choices. Whilst current suppliers sign up to our
Approved Supplier Programme, smaller suppliers are
generally not contracted, providing us with greater flexibility.
FOOD
SUPPLIERS
ASSEMBLY
CENTRES
NETWORK OF
DISTRIBUTION
DEPOTS
OVERNIGHT
& EXCLUSIVE
DELIVERY
NETWORK
27
ASSEMBLY CENTRES
We operate from three chilled assembly
centres, two located in Auckland to
service the North Island and one in
Christchurch to service the South Island,
strategically positioned to provide
logistical efficiencies, giving us the
opportunity to reduce food miles and
gain greater delivery certainty during
weather events. At all of our centres,
physical capacity exceeds the current
and forecast output by a material
amount.
One of our key differentiators is that our
South Island assembly centre reduces the
carbon mileage for bag delivery relative
to only having one centre in Auckland.
Bags are distributed by long haul
freight partners from the Auckland and
Christchurch centres to approximately
30 depots across the country, before
finally being delivered to customers
weekly during select delivery windows
between Saturday and Monday.
At all assembly centres, picking and
packing labour is outsourced, providing
us with the ability to scale up and down
to meet demand. Each week over 500
shifts are undertaken by temporary
picking staff. The arrangements with the
temporary staffing agencies are flexible
in nature and allow us to optimise our
labour plan each week based on the
volume and range of bags sold.
We are currently securing
a new fit for purpose
facility in Christchurch.
Highbrook,
Auckland
Lease term: Jan 2023
Chilled area: 1,121m
2
Bag capacity: 10,000 per week
Pallet spaces: 290
Distribution area: North Island
Depots utilised: n/a
Highbrook stock is delivered
only to New Zealand Post’s
Auckland Courier Post Depot
Brigade Road,
Auckland
Lease term: Oct 2026
Chilled area: 3,357m
2
Bag capacity: 24,300 per week
Pallet spaces: 718
Distribution area: North Island
Depots utilised: 21
Matipo Street,
Christchurch
Lease term: Until Jan 2022
Chilled area: 2,459m
2
Bag capacity: 15,700 per week
Pallet spaces: 400
Distribution area: South Island
Depots utilised: 9
28
PICKING AND PACKING
We maintain full oversight of operations to ensure adherence
to quality control and food safety standards are met. Our
picking operations are largely manual, with workers typically
responsible for packing specific items into each bag. This
ensures a high pick accuracy and acts as a quality control
mechanism. My Choice Bags are picked on a separate line
from the standard bags due to the different picking process
that is utilised.
The picking and packing function is constantly evolving using
data and is subject to frequent review with a stringent focus on
efficiency, accuracy, cost reduction and product quality. Worker
engagement remains strong with high pick rates and accuracy.
OVERNIGHT AND EXCLUSIVE DELIVERY NETWORK
We have a strong relationship with distribution partner
New Zealand Post, recently renewing their contract for a
further five years until May 2025. We utilise New Zealand
Post’s depots and distribution network to transport our bags.
Along with providing ongoing logistics support, New Zealand
Post operates a currently exclusive, Sunday delivery service
for our bags. We also deliver bags to customers on a
Saturday and Monday through New Zealand Post’s standard
overnight delivery network. Utilising this overnight network
further expands our delivery footprint and allows My Food
Bag to reach ~86% of the New Zealand population.
New Zealand Post have also typically set up bespoke
delivery capabilities to service My Food Bag customers for
My Christmas Bags, as well as long weekends, to ensure
on-going deliveries and support our one-off products.
“ New Zealand Post has enjoyed being a long-standing distribution
partner of My Food Bag, working collaboratively with them to
grow their business. I am particularly proud of the way our teams
work seamlessly together to deliver the exceptional delivery
service My Food Bag customers have come to expect.”
David Walsh (New Zealand Post CEO)
29
FOOD SAFETY
My Food Bag is subject to the National Programme Level
3 (guidelines set out by the Ministry for Primary Industries)
as a retailer which handles food but does not prepare or
manufacture food. MPI complete business and site audits
of National Programme Type 3 once every two years.
Since 2017 we have had 8 MPI audits across our sites.
To date we have had minimal non-conformances flagged
during these audits and no non-compliances.
We also require our suppliers to meet a strict prescribed code
of conduct outlining food safety, ingredient and operational
requirements.
We also regularly review and audit our food handling settings
to ensure procedures meet the recommended standards.
We maintain a direct line of contact with customers, so that
any issues are immediately identified and remedied. This is
supported by a Serious Incident Register to record reported
customer complaints relating to food quality and concerns.
HEALTH AND SAFETY
We adopt a systematic approach to the management of
health and safety and have comprehensive health and safety
documentation in place. Detailed health and safety policies,
standards and procedures are implemented alongside hazard
and risk management processes, including an incident
notification and management system. We encourage active
involvement by directors, management, employees and
contractors to participate in improving health and safety
within our organisation.
My Food Bag has a Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate
(TRIFR)
13
of 4 which is better than the current New Zealand
benchmark of 5.4.
14
We focus internally on critical risks,
with a strong emphasis on managing risks. For example,
we manage the risk of operating moving equipment inside
assembly centres safely through the use of an Infolink forklift
tracking system and by distancing equipment like forklifts
from workers, while also adopting strict traffic management
and separation procedures. Each site operates a Health
and Safety Committee which meets monthly and our senior
leadership team and Board are active participants in our site
safety audits.
COVID-19 PROTOCOLS
In response to COVID-19, we designed and implemented
the My Food Bag COVID-19 Prevention and Control Protocol
which outlines the actions we take to prevent and control the
transmission of COVID-19 throughout all of the New Zealand
Government’s COVID-19 Alert Levels. Our protocol ensures
minimal adjustment would be required if New Zealand were
to re-enter Alert Levels 3 or 4.
13 TRIFR is calculated by taking the number of injuries resulting in medical treatment or lost time, multiplying this number by 200,000 to standardise for business size
and then dividing by the number of hours worked in a month. It is then averaged over 12 months and is reported as a rolling 12 month figure.
14 Business Leaders’ Health & Safety Forum 2019 Benchmarking Report.
30
Digital and Technology
Infrastructure
Our highly scalable e-commerce infrastructure
has been developed and is supported by
our talented in-house digital team. This
infrastructure provides the business with the
ability to quickly bring new product offers
to market, to scale as the business continues
to grow and to evolve into new product
categories.
Our websites, account area and mobile
apps are the three key interaction points with
customers, all residing on our e-commerce
platform. Currently we see a high percentage
of Active Customers using the app on a
monthly basis. Constantly looking for ways to
improve the overall customer experience, we
embarked on an app upgrade project in 2020
to re-design and build a new mobile app
experience, expected to go live in 2021.
Our recently implemented ERP System, Infor,
fully integrates all business activities and
introduces a heightened layer of controls to
support recipe development, data integrity
and greater margin visibility.
Our supporting
infrastructure
31
Our environmental, social
and governance focus
We have implemented a comprehensive Approved Supplier
Programme and are only willing to partner with suppliers who
pledge to meet this prescribed code of conduct. In addition
to food safety, ingredient and operational requirements, this
document underpins a supplier’s commitment to ethical and
sustainable business practices such as:
• Exclusive use of free range, free farmed meat and animal
products
• Fair worker remuneration and labour rights
• Suppliers will operate a Health and Safety management
system compliant with the Health and Safety at Work
Act 2015, associated regulations and relevant codes
of practice
• Bribery and corruption free business practices
• Products free of harmful preservatives and/or additives
Additionally, all supply partners are required to run extensive
Food Control Plans or National Programmes, aligned to the
Food Act 2014. Gluten-free suppliers must also follow strict
gluten testing programs and are regularly audited.
We are continually striving to reduce waste in all parts of the
business as we make progress towards reducing our overall
environmental impact. Approximately 80% of our ingredients
by value are delivered to our assembly centres in re-usable
crates, avoiding the use of cardboard and other materials.
Packaging is fit for purpose, ensuring that we do not use more
plastic than needed. Each week any unused bags are given
to families in need and any food left over from recipe tests is
collected by Kiwi Harvest. We also have relationships with
a range of other charitable organisations, including Kaibosh
Food Rescue and the Auckland, Wellington and Christchurch
City Missions.
We use sustainable packaging where possible. Boxes are
made from 47% recycled cardboard, some ingredient
packaging is biodegradable, wool insulation liners are 100%
compostable and biodegradable, MADE meals are packaged
in recyclable PET trays and the ice packs we predominantly
utilise are filled with 100% water. This sustainable approach
is also front-of-mind in the selection of business partners – we
only work with suppliers who align themselves with our ethical
and environmental standards.
We launched a charitable partnership with Garden to Table
in 2020. Garden to Table is a charity which advocates for
learning through the growing of vegetables in New Zealand
primary schools. We collect donations for Garden to Table
from our customers via our websites. To date, we have
collected more than $10,000 for Garden to Table – enabling
hundreds of Kiwi kids to join the programme.
32
Kiwi Harvest is
a national food
rescue charity
collecting leftover
food from recipe
waste before it
goes to waste and
distributing it to
those in need
“ The Auckland City Mission has enjoyed
a long-standing relationship with My
Food Bag. The high quality produce
and ingredients we receive from My
Food Bag throughout the year form a
valuable part of the food parcels and
meals we create for our ever growing
number of clients. Additional to this
weekly contribution, My Food Bag
also run an annual Christmas gift drive
and the generosity of their customers
always astounds us and ensures we
can bring a little Christmas cheer to
many families in need.”
Chris Farrelly, City Missioner
33
From chefs in the Development Kitchen
to our award-winning Customer Love
team, our people have a strong focus on
delivering for our valued customers. We
have around 200 employees (approximately
182 full time employees) across Auckland’s
head office and our three assembly centres.
Our team is well-balanced with 54% women
and 46% men.
Our team has a strong sense of common purpose, pride
in our organisation and a shared commitment to My Food
Bag’s success. Our teams are flexible and agile, excited by
quick execution as well as long-term thinking and continuous
improvement. The business has a number of unique rituals
and benefits that provide numerous opportunities for teams
to connect and for the business to recognise individual, team
and business achievements.
Wellbeing is top of mind at My Food Bag, with access to
the employee assistance programme (EAP) and a dedicated
Wellness Committee to support our team. We have a highly
supportive parental leave programme and a commitment to
paying the Living Wage. Our staff also receive a generous
discount on all of our product range and are given their
birthday as an additional day of annual leave. In addition,
more than 90% of eligible staff participate in the annual
engagement survey with scores consistently high.
Our people
and culture
34
My Food Bag Rituals:
Foodie Name
Every staff member is invited to choose
a unique foodie middle name.
Company Meals
Fortnightly on Mondays we provide lunch for the
staff in our Auckland head office. Each shift of the
Auckland Operations team also hosts a fortnightly
meal specific to their shift.
Love Box
Held fortnightly in our Auckland head office this
ritual is focused on peer-to-peer recognition in the
form of “love notes”. Peers recognise anyone who
has gone above and beyond and each love note
recipient gets a spin on the Winning Wheel!
Bacon Bites
Every week the CEO (Kevin Bacon Bowler)
ends out his ruminations on the week via his
Bacon Bites email to all staff nationwide.
35
20172018201920202021202220232024
4.4
4.7
5.0
5.3
5.6
5.9
6.1
6.3
NEW ZEALAND ONLINE RETAILING (NZD BILLIONS)
Source: Ibis World Report: Online Shopping in New Zealand (October 2019)
The New Zealand meal kit and ready-made meals markets
are part of New Zealand’s online food delivery industry and
the wider $37 billion retail food sector.
15
Consumers buy meal kits and ready-made meals for a range
of reasons, including convenience, access to healthy and
nutritious meals, to achieve diet-based goals (such as weight
loss), cost benefits compared to alternative grocery shopping
methods and food waste reduction.
My Food Bag expects that growth in New Zealand’s meal
kit and ready-made meal markets, each a relatively new part
of the national food retail market, will be driven by a variety
of factors including increasing consumer preference and
propensity to buy online, and changing food, demographic
and societal trends. These same trends are driving growth in
meal kit and ready-made meal markets in developed countries
overseas (such as Australia and the United States).
ONLINE RETAIL AND GROCERY TRENDS
The New Zealand meal kit sector is still a relatively new
part of the national food retail market, although is expected
to grow as online retail, and in particular, online grocery,
continues to increase as a preferred channel throughout
the country.
The industry
Online retail
New Zealand online retail spending has steadily increased as
Kiwis have progressively shifted their shopping online.
15 This encompasses grocery sales, food and beverage services i.e. café, restaurant and takeaway spend, and specialised food retailing (e.g. butchers).
Stats NZ - Sales and stocks by industry, in current and constant prices (SAFC) (Annual-Mar) in the year ended 31 March 2020.
16 Ibis World Report: Online Shopping in New Zealand (October 2019).
17 https://thefulldownload.co.nz/ecommerce-spotlight-december.
18 New Zealand Post e-commerce Spotlight (October 2020).
19 New Zealand Post e-commerce Spotlight (August 2020).
Prior to COVID-19, New Zealand online retail spending was
forecast to grow at a Compound Annual Growth Rate of
4.7% between 2020 and 2024.
16
However, the impact of
COVID-19 has increased consumer preference and propensity
to buy online. In New Zealand, the first ten months of 2020
have seen online shopping spend grow by over 25%.
17
Furthermore, online shopping remained up ~22% year-on-
year in the month of September 2020 (despite New Zealand
returning to lower Alert Levels), indicating a permanent
change in New Zealand consumer behaviour.
18
The uplift in New Zealand’s online retail spending is driven by
three key factors:
• An increase in the number of people shopping online –
there were 172,000 new online shoppers in the six-month
period to 30 June 2020.
19
• Consumers buying more online – online transactions per
shopper in June 2020 were up 6% Year on Year.
19
• Consumers spending more per purchase online – the
average spend per transaction was up 7% in the
six months to 30 June 2020 compared to the prior
comparable period.
19
36
US eCOMMERCE SALES AS A % OF TOTAL US RETAIL SALES
20182019202020212022
13.7%
15.2%
16.9%
20.0%
18.7%
22.5%
20.6%
24.0%
Source: US Census Bureau, Euromonitor, Prologis Research forecast
Pre-pandemic
Post-pandemic
While New Zealand’s online retail spending has been
increasing, it remains a small proportion of total retail
spending. For the six months ended 30 June 2020, online
retail spending as a proportion of total retail spending was
11.6%, representing a large opportunity for further growth.
20
Further, New Zealand’s online retail spending growth rate
and penetration of total retail spending has lagged that of
other developed markets, for example the United States.
Prior to COVID-19, United States e-commerce sales as a
percentage of total retail sales was forecast to increase from
16.9% in 2020 to 20.6% in 2022. However, the impact of
COVID-19 on consumer purchasing behaviour is forecast
to accelerate this growth to achieve e-commerce sales as a
percentage of total retail sales of 20.0% in 2020 and 24.0%
in 2022. As a less developed online retail market, over time
New Zealand’s online retail spending is expected to reflect
the trends experienced in the United States.
20 New Zealand Post e-commerce Spotlight (July 2020).
21 In 2019 New Zealand Post estimated that online spend accounted for 4% of total sector spend. 4% has therefore been applied to the 2020 Statistics New Zealand
total New Zealand food retail sales figure. Total New Zealand food retail sales figure.
SPECIALITY FOOD GROCERIES AND LIQUOR
WEEKLY ONLINE SPEND
Source: NZ Post eCommerce Spotlight (August 2020)
2020
2019
$50m
$40m
$30m
$20m
$10m
$0m
JanFebMarAprMayJun
First case
Level 4Level 3Level 2Level 1
Border
closes
New Zealand food retail sales are worth approximately $37
billion (refer to New Zealand Food Retail Sales chart). While
New Zealand online food retail sales are growing (increasing
from 3% to 4% between 2018 and 2019), online food retail
sales currently account for just ~$1.5 billion of this value,
21
signalling significant upside for further online food retail
sales growth.
The supermarket and grocery industry in New Zealand is
currently dominated by two key players, Foodstuffs and
Woolworths, both of whom also offer an online delivery service.
Both players have over 400 stores and 180 stores respectively.
There are also a range of other boutique grocery stores and
specialist retailers, including Farro and Huckleberry, which
provide an online delivery service.
20162017201820192020
Source: Stats NZ - Sales and stocks by industry, in current and constant prices (SAFC)
(Annual-Mar)
Supermarket & grocery stores
Specialised food retailing
Food & beverage services
Liquor retailing
NEW ZEALAND FOOD RETAIL SALES (NZD BILLIONS)
18
10
19
10
20
11
21
12
22
12
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
Online grocery market
During 2020, New Zealand’s weekly online spend on specialty
food, groceries and liquor increased significantly due to the
impact of COVID-19 and continued at elevated levels compared
to 2019 despite New Zealand returning to lower Alert Levels,
demonstrating changing consumer behaviour and
a preference to shop for groceries and liquor online.
37
THE MEAL KIT MARKET
New Zealand’s meal kit industry primarily comprises three key competitors, My Food Bag, German-based
global meal kit delivery company HelloFresh, and New Zealand meal kit delivery company Woop,
although a number of other companies produce meal kit based bags, ready-made meals, or meat and
fresh produce bags.
NameMy Food BagHelloFreshWoop!
Launched in
New Zealand
201320182015
Ownership
Expected to be NZX and ASX
listed on completion of the Offer
Publically Listed (Frankfurt,
Germany)
New Zealand Private
Location of Customer
service team
New ZealandPhilippinesNew Zealand
Location of Recipe
Development team
New ZealandAustraliaNew Zealand
New Zealand
Assembly Centres
311
Delivery
~86% of the New Zealand
population
84% of the New Zealand
population
Major New Zealand
metropolitan areas
Persons serviced
1-62-41-4
Meal kit offering
✓✓✓
Heat and eat offering
✓
Weight Loss Meal
kit offering
✓
Price per plate range
Including shipping
$6.10 to $23.40$8.49 to $15.66$12.44 to $31.67
Offerings
(in New Zealand)
My Choice, My Classic,
Fresh Start Lite, My Family,
My Veggie, My Plant Based,
My Gourmet, My Gluten Free,
Bargain Box, Bargain Box
Veggie, MADE
Meat & Veggies, Veggie, Family Classic, Foodie, Balance,
Vegetarian, Gluten-free
The above table compares My Food Bag’s direct competitors in the New Zealand meal kit delivery
market. It does not include New Zealand supermarkets, who currently do not have large scale
meal kit delivery operations.
38
As market size or forecast market growth information is not
readily available for the New Zealand meal kit market, the
global, United States and Australian meal kit markets are
discussed below.
Prior to COVID-19, the global meal kit market was forecast to
increase at a Compound Annual Growth Rate of 17.1% from
2017 to 2024.
22
That predicted growth will likely be further
accelerated as a result of COVID-19. Given total online spend
on meal kits only contributes 9% of total online food and
grocery spend (pre- COVID-19), there is likely to be material
growth potential within the global meal kit market.
23
As the conversion of consumers to online food retail as a
proportion of total food retail continues to rise, the meal kit
industry is well placed to benefit from additional demand for
its product.
New Zealand’s meal kit industry primarily comprises three
key competitors, My Food Bag, German-based global meal
kit delivery company HelloFresh, and New Zealand meal
kit delivery company Woop, although a number of other
companies produce meal kit based bags, ready-made meals,
or meat and fresh produce bags.
THE READY-MADE MEAL MARKET
In 2019, the global ready-made meal market was valued at
USD 159.2 billion.
25
It is expected to grow at a Compound
Annual Growth Rate of 5.5% from 2020 to 2027. Ready-
made meals are a popular option for time poor consumers
opting for more convenient meal options to support their
busier lifestyles. There is increasing demand for ready-made
meals which are minimally processed and provide a healthier
alternative to takeaways. Consumers are also factoring
sustainable packaging into their purchasing of ready-made
meals.
Europe has a market value of over US$45 billion, with
North America being the second biggest market, while
Asia-Pacific is expected to grow rapidly.
26
In Australasia, the
market for ready-made meals, at retail prices, was estimated
at AUD 3.2 billion, with faster growth expectations than the
global market (6.1% Compound Annual Growth Rate from
2016 – 2022F).
27
22 Statista (pre- COVID-19).
23 Nielsen market research in Australia.
24 US Meal kit Industry Report (IBIS, 2019).
25 Ready meals market size, share & trends analysis report by product (frozen & chilled, canned, dried), by distribution channel (supermarket & hypermarket, online
retail), by region, and segment forecasts, 2020 – 2027.
26 Global Ready Meals Market – Growth, Trends, and Forecast (2018 – 2023).
27 Frost and Sullivan.
20172018201920202021202220232024
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.1
4.8
5.6
6.5
7.6
GLOBAL MEAL KIT MARKET (USD BILLIONS)
Source: Statista (pre- COVID-19)
AUSTRALIAN MEAL KIT REVENUE (A$M)
2014201520162017201820192020
Source: Ibis Australia Online Grocery Industry Report (2019) (HelloFresh) and
FactSet historical and consensus (Marley Spoon)
1,050
599
411
205
121
45
13
The United States meal kit market is the largest meal kit market
globally. It experienced significant growth and expansion
through the period of 2012 to 2017. The United States has
experienced a pulled forward increase in demand for meal
kits during COVID-19, resulting in an increase in revenue of
20.6%.
24
Following the impacts of COVID-19 it is anticipated
the United States will experience a 3.6% Compound Annual
Growth Rate from 2021 to 2025, as the increase in the
demand is pulled forward and increase in market size
is sustained.
The Australian meal kit market size is more comparable to
that of New Zealand. Based on publicly available meal kit
data, from Marley Spoon and HelloFresh, revenue growth in
the Australian market has occurred at exponential rates. Since
2014 the Compound Annual Growth Rate has been 109%,
with revenue on average doubling each year. The Australian
market acts as a good proxy for New Zealand due to the
existence of two to three key competitors and similar lifestyles
and trends experienced in both countries. The Australian
market has also experienced a similar recent increase in
demand with the expected growth in 2020 exceeding that
of 2019.
39
Food, demographic and societal trends
Growth in the meal kit and ready-made meal markets is expected to
be supported by evolving consumer food, demographic and societal
trends. There is significant opportunity for market participants
to develop and innovate products to further cater to existing
consumers’ needs and attract new consumers to these markets.
28 Ministry of Health – Healthy eating guidance 2020.
29 Research and Markets – Organic Fresh Food Market (2019-2023).
30 Cambridge University Press - The Role of Influencer Marketing and Social Influencers in Public Health.
31 International Business & Economics Research Journal - The Effect And Influence Of Country-Of-Origin On Consumers Perception Of Product Quality And Purchasing Intentions.
32 ZypMedia Survey – Consumers Want to Support Their Local Economy by Supporting Local Businesses.
33 Clodagh O’Brien – The Emergence of the Social Media Empowered Customer.
34 https://www.foodnavigator-usa.com/Article/2020/03/16/For-personalized-nutrition-to-reach-its-full-market-potential-brands-must-better-explain-benefits#
35 New Zealand Post e-commerce Report 2019.
TRENDDESCRIPTIONOPPORTUNITY FOR MARKET
PARTICIPANTS
Health & wellbeing
• Consumers are being encouraged to place
emphasis on healthy attributes in their meal
choices.
28
There is a strong focus by consumers
to eat more natural, fresh foods, to stay healthy
and lose weight.
29
• Dietary trends are receiving greater exposure with
the rise of social networking and influencers.
30
While many trends are often short lived, medically
backed diets are becoming ever more prevalent.
• Develop products that focus
on consumer health or cater to
specific dietary requirements.
Provenance
• Consumers increasingly reference product quality
based on its origin.
31
Consumers are demanding
locally grown produce to ensure food quality and
safety. In addition, the prevalence of COVID-19
has seen an emphasis on “support local”.
32
• Specify and source ingredients
from local producers and
demonstrate to consumers the
origins of product components.
Online migration
• Consumers are empowered by social networks and
digital devices, increasingly dictating what they
want, when and where they want it.
33
Consumers
are demanding a more personalised service and
expect offerings to be tailored to suit their needs.
34
• In New Zealand, online purchasing of food is
growing materially faster than offline channels,
with 18% year-on-year growth in 2019.
35
In 2018,
the average online basket size at $138 was 267%
higher than the average offline basket.
34
• Utilise online social networks
to convert brand followers to
customers.
• Facilitate personalised
online consumer interactions
and purchasing through
consumer facing ecommerce
developments.
40
36 https://www.nielsen.com/ug/en/insights/article/2018/in-todays-hyperconnected-world-convenience-is-the-ultimate-currency/.
37 https://kerry.com/insights/kerrydigest/2020/meal-kits-retail-restaurants.
38 https://www.bcg.com/en-au/publications/2020/sustainability-matters-now-more-than-ever-for-consumer-companies.
39 NZ Post eCommerce Review 2019 (Colmar Brunton 2020).
40 Harvard Business Review – We’re Entering the Age of Corporate Social Justice.
41 http://www.superseniors.msd.govt.nz/about-superseniors/media/key-statistics.html.
42 NCB – Nutrition Concerns for Aging Populations.
43 https://www.foodnavigator-usa.com/Article/2020/04/15/Survey-Cooking-at-home-will-become-the-new-normal-post-pandemic
44 https://www.foodnetwork.com/fn-dish/news/2018/9/americans-are-cooking-more-meals-at-home--eating-out-less.
45 https://www.naturalproductsinsider.com/regulatory/consumers-will-pay-price-premiums-healthy-foods.
TRENDDESCRIPTIONOPPORTUNITY FOR MARKET
PARTICIPANTS
Convenience
• Due to a wide range of factors, consumers
are increasingly time poor and are looking for
time saving alternatives.
36
Stemming from this,
more dual-working families and households are
demanding convenient meal solutions such as meal
kits and ready-made meals.
37
• Continue to tailor both the
product and delivery options
to maximise consumer
convenience.
Environmental, social
and governance
• There is an increasing focus on food retailers and
manufacturers to reduce waste, increase recycling
and promote environmentally friendly practices.
38
• Other focus areas include consumers recognising
the importance of plant-based meals for the
environment (a Colmar Brunton survey published
in February 2020 shows 49% of Kiwis agree
they need to change their diet to save the
environment).
39
• Consumers are looking for corporates who
‘do social good’.
40
They are evaluated on an
all-encompassing set of social metrics before
consumers will trust, follow or purchase from a
particular brand.
• Increase use of sustainable
practices and educate
consumers on the benefits of
reducing food waste and how
meal kits assist with this.
• Introduce consumers to the
sustainability benefits of eating
more plant-based meals and
locally sourced ingredients.
• Align to consumer values to
build brand loyalty.
Ageing population
• By 2036, the over 65 population of New Zealand
is forecast to increase 77% to approximately 1.3
million.
41
There is an increasing awareness of the
importance of eating well with the publishing of
new research emphasising the benefit of a fresh,
healthy and balanced diet in older age.
42
• Recognise nutritional needs
of a growing population
group and support their
health and well-being through
product development and
communications.
• Target new sales channels such
as aged care facilities for ready-
made meals.
Cooking at home
• Consumers want more control over their nutritional
intake and this is promoting an increase in the
number of households who cook at home.
43
An
increase in food media is also inspiring at-home
chefs.
44
• Encourage cooking at home by
making it a more enjoyable and
accessible experience through
products and communications.
Premiumisation
• Positioning claims and special nutritional
designations are becoming an increasingly
important driver of consumer purchasing decisions.
Free-range and organic products are also being
increasingly sought after by consumers.
45
• Provide options for unique
and premium products in
order to grow brand loyalty.
41
KEY INITIATIVEDESCRIPTION
1Drive increased order
frequency by providing
further personalisation
choices
• Our My Choice Bag was rolled out nationwide in July 2020 in response to multiple
customer requests for choice and was designed to improve meal optionality without
increasing recipe development requirements.
• Customer satisfaction and average recipe ratings are both extremely strong, indicating
that being able to choose a personalised combination of recipes is a strength of this
offer.
• My Choice Bag is already displaying strong unit economics and a material increase
in customer purchase frequency relative to My Classic Bag. Over the 13 weeks to
15 November 2020, on average My Choice Bag customers purchased 18% more
frequently than My Classic Bag customers.
• Learnings from My Choice Bag inform the direction of New Product Development (NPD)
and the introduction of further customer choice into the portfolio.
• Additional recipe types, upgrades and enhancements are currently under development.
Building on our history of innovation and exceptional customer service, we have
identified a pipeline of growth opportunities based upon two strategic areas of focus:
1. Continued leadership in the meal kit market and expanding our food-based offerings to align to consumer trends
and play a bigger part in customers’ lives. These are current and continuing areas of focus for the business, which
we refer to as Horizon One; and
2. Utilising the established My Food Bag platform to disrupt the business to consumer market, for example, by
expanding into the broader online food and grocery market. We refer to this area of focus as Horizon Two.
These opportunities have been identified and are in development for future launch with benefits expected after the
Prospective Period.
Horizon One – Lead in meals & expand food-based offerings
We have a proven record of successful growth since our inception in 2013, consistently bringing innovative product
ranges and recipes to market to cater to changing consumer food, demographic and societal trends.
Continuing this trend, we have a range of ongoing and potential growth opportunities within our core addressable
market, each of which aim to leverage our existing platform:
Our growth
strategy
42
KEY INITIATIVEDESCRIPTION
2Expand our high
retention goal-based
offerings
• Our goal-based offerings include Fresh Start, My Plant Based Bag and My Veggie Bag, with
Bargain Box Veggie also being trialled in Q2 FY21 to meet the need for a vegetarian box
at a lower price point.
• All goal-based offerings display high levels of customer retention, delivery frequency and
engagement.
• Growth in Fresh Start has been strong (with a Compound Annual Growth Rate of 21.9%
over FY18 to FY20), despite low awareness, presenting an opportunity to expand market
presence via an increased marketing focus. We expect growth in Fresh Start to continue.
• Growth has also been experienced in My Plant Based Bag and My Veggie Bag with a
Compound Annual Growth Rate of 34.8% over FY18 to FY20, with growth expected to
continue.
• Further innovation in goal-based offerings is currently in the pipeline.
3Secure further Contribution
Margin uplift via
procurement optimisation
• Our increased scale and consequent improvement in purchasing power has provided a
significant opportunity to improve our Contribution Margin.
• Through our focus on procurement optimisation, we have been able to provide higher
quality ingredients to our customers, enhancing customer experience.
• Further procurement efficiencies have been identified across ingredients, labour and
packaging, which are expected to provide additional Contribution Margin improvements.
4Implement system
and operational
improvements
• Our rigorous focus on improving our digital and operational systems is forecast to drive
further margin uplift in the PFI period, while also building the foundation to capitalise
upon future growth opportunities.
• The established ERP System assists in waste-avoidance and productivity improvements,
providing material cost-out as well as allowing for simple addition and integration of
further SKUs to the system.
• We have identified additional opportunities for cost upside within our value chain
including enhancement of stock planning, improved supplier negotiations, tailored
marketing and recipe optimisation.
5Profitable delivery
growth of the
MADE offering
• We have successfully changed the operating model for MADE to improve profitability
and target new customer segments, with further opportunities planned.
• MADE unlocks a new customer demographic for My Food Bag and acts as a key
differentiator from competitors. MADE has been well-received by customers and a
popular option in My Choice Bag.
• We have identified further growth potential through the expansion of products into goal-
based offerings, new distribution channels and new meal formats.
• The New Zealand ready-made market is under-developed with no large leading brand,
and established brands not displaying any significant innovation. This is particularly
evident when considered in the context of the more mature ready-made sector in global
western markets.
43
Horizon Two – Utilise the My Food Bag
platform to disrupt the business
to consumer market
We consider that there is a significant opportunity to utilise
the established My Food Bag platform (brand, database,
nationwide coverage, capability) to disrupt the business to
consumer market and expand beyond our core addressable
meal kit and ready-made meal market.
We have always been focussed on the customer and have
a proven track record of innovation to meet evolving and
growing consumer needs, and the following areas have been
identified as potential initiatives to further grow our existing
operations:
• New food categories: Enter new food categories by
leveraging the existing business model and platform
(e.g. expansion into the broader online food and grocery
market).
• New distribution channels: Move beyond online and sell
our existing products through new distribution channels
(e.g. MADE meals in aged care facilities).
• Beyond food: Leverage our food credentials to expand
beyond food and provide a wide range of consumer
products (e.g. household cleaners, personal care products
or pet food).
• Vertical integration: Elements of the supply chain could
be performed in-house providing significant margin
improvement opportunities (e.g. in-house manufacturing).
4444
TONY ‘TEA’ CARTER
INDEPENDENT CHAIR
Tony joined the My Food Bag board in January 2021 and
was appointed Chair at that time.
Tony has a broad range of experience in governance across
the consumer, industrial services, infrastructure, and energy
sectors. Tony moved into governance following a successful
executive career, where he served as Chief Executive and
Managing Director at Foodstuffs – New Zealand’s largest
retail organisation – for 10 years.
Tony is currently Chairman of Datacom and TR Group and
sits on the respective boards of ANZ Bank New Zealand
and Vector. He was formerly Chair of Air New Zealand
for six years, Chair of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare for eight
years and a director of Fletcher Building for nine years.
He was Chairman of the New Zealand Institute when it
merged with the New Zealand Business Roundtable to form
the New Zealand Initiative in 2012, of which he served as
inaugural Chairman until 2013.
Tony graduated from the University of Canterbury with a
Bachelor of Engineering with honours, before completing
a Master of Philosophy degree at Loughborough University
of Technology in the United Kingdom. He was made a
Companion of the New Zealand Order of Merit for services
to business governance in 2020.
JENNIFER (JEN) ‘BISCOTTI’ BUNBURY
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Jen was appointed as a director of My Food Bag in
January 2021.
Jen has an extensive background in financial services,
including NZX listings, acquisitions, mergers, and strategic
advisory. She was a director in the Investment Banking team
at Craigs Investment Partners for nine years, with experience
in the horticulture, logistics, and energy sectors. Her earlier
career included investor relations roles at BHP and Publicis
in Europe, following four years in the Investment Banking
team at ABN Amro in New Zealand.
Most recently, Jen served as the Chief Financial Officer for
NZX50-listed Tourism Holdings until October 2020 and was
a director of Togo Group during this time. She is a member
of the Institute of Directors and participated in the Future
Directors’ programme, spending 12 months with the board
of agribusiness Scales Corporation.
Jen completed a Bachelor of Commerce majoring in
finance, graduating with first class honours from the
University of Canterbury.
Our directors and
senior leadership team
Board of directors
45
CHRIS ‘MACADAMIA’ MARSHALL
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Chris Marshall joined the My Food
Bag board on 6 October 2016, upon
Waterman Capital’s acquisition of a
majority stake in My Food Bag.
Chris co-founded Waterman Capital
in 2004 and is currently serving as an
executive director of Waterman Capital.
Waterman Capital is a private company
investor which invests in mid-market
New Zealand growth businesses.
Chris has more than 20 years of
principal investment experience in
New Zealand. Prior to this Chris worked
in a management consulting role in
London assisting mid-market businesses.
Chris is a member of Waterman’s
Investment Committee and is currently
a non-executive director of Healthcare
Holdings Limited (owner of the Mercy
Ascot Hospitals and other healthcare
businesses) and a non-executive
director of Lewis Holdings Limited,
an investment company associated with
Sir David Levene.
Chris graduated with a Bachelor of
Commerce from the University of Otago
and is a Chartered Accountant.
SARAH ‘SAUERKRAUT’ HINDLE
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Sarah was appointed as a director of
My Food Bag in January 2021.
Sarah has a broad range of experience
in management and governance across
the technology and consumer sectors.
She was most recently the founding
general manager of Tech Futures Lab,
where she helped grow NZ’s most
innovative, tech-led learning institute.
Previously, Sarah was Global Head of
Business Delivery for Direct Wines and
Manager of Customer Experience and
Digital for KPMG Boxwood in the United
Kingdom. She began her career as a
solicitor for Minter Ellison Rudd Watts
in New Zealand.
Sarah is also passionate about agri-tech
and the application of ‘tech for good’
and has held governance roles as Chair
of the Executive Council of AgriTech
New Zealand and as a director and
deputy chair for NZTech.
Sarah holds a Bachelor of Arts and
Bachelor of Laws from Victoria University
of Wellington, along with an MBA from
BI Norwegian School of Management.
She is enrolled as barrister and solicitor
of the High Court in New Zealand.
JON ‘MACCHIATO’ MACDONALD
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Jon Macdonald joined the My Food Bag
board in January 2021.
Jon has deep experience in technology,
the internet and consumer behaviour.
He held senior roles at Trade Me for
more than 15 years, including 11 years
as Chief Executive Officer, and has since
held a position as a director (through
Trade Me’s parent company, Titan Parent
NZ Ltd). He is also on the boards of
Contact Energy, Mitre 10, NZX, and
Sharesies.
Earlier in his career, Jon worked in the
UK for HSBC, and in Australia and New
Zealand for Deloitte. He has a Bachelor
of Engineering (Hons) from the University
of Canterbury, and is a Chartered
Member of the NZ Institute of Directors.
46
KEVIN ‘BACON’
BOWLER
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Kevin drives the team to
do the basics brilliantly
every week while
also developing and
implementing the long-
term vision and goals.
He is responsible for all
day-to-day management
decisions.
Past experience:
• CEO, Frucor Suntory
Beverages NZ
(2016 – 2018)
• CEO, Tourism
New Zealand
(2010 – 2016)
• CEO, Yahoo!Xtra
(2007 – 2009)
MARK ‘WHITEBAIT’
WINTER
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
Mark leads the finance
function and has primary
responsibility for planning,
implementing, and
controlling all finance
related activities. He
achieves this with a
collaborative team
focused on strong business
partnerships.
Past experience:
• Group Financial
Controller, Fonterra
Brands NZ
(2016 – 2019)
• Commercial Manager
Operations & Supply
Chain, Fonterra Brands
NZ (2015 – 2016)
• GM Commercial
Operations, Fonterra
LATAM (2014 – 2015)
RICHARD ‘RAGU’
WAFER
CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER
Richard oversees the
largest team, managing the
entire supply chain. This
includes the procurement of
product, the development,
design and improvement of
production and the logistics
of distribution systems.
Past experience:
• Chief Procurement
Officer and National
Purchasing and
Operations Manager,
My Food Bag
(2014 – 2016)
• National Planning
Manager and Demand
Manager, Goodman
Fielder (2011 – 2014)
LOUISE ‘CHORIZO’
CUNNINGHAM
CHIEF MARKETING
& CUSTOMER OFFICER
Lou develops marketing
strategies that drive
revenue growth, enhance
customer experience and
create social impact. Lou
also leads the Customer
Love team ensuring My
Food Bag delivers award
winning customer service
and constantly delights
customers.
Past experience:
• Executive Director,
Geometry Global
(Ogilvy NZ)
(2013 – 2017)
• Independent Director,
UNION / Digital
(2013 – 2015)
• Partner and
Shareholder, Farrimond
Ltd (2007 – 2011)
Senior leadership team
My Food Bag’s senior leadership team have an average tenure at the company of more than 4 years.
The team bring a depth and breadth of experience across multiple industries including FMCG, services,
e-commerce and media. The team have backgrounds that encompass early phase start-ups through to
corporates within New Zealand and overseas. With an equal representation of men and women, the
team have a proven track record of working effectively to lead the business strategy and culture.
47
CRAIG ‘COFFEE’
JORDAN
CHIEF DIGITAL OFFICER
Craig manages all
digital, technology and
data functions, leading a
capable data driven team
responsible for maintaining
and enhancing My
Food Bag’s proprietary
e-commerce platform,
along with providing
actionable data insights.
Past experience:
• Chief Digital Officer,
The Warehouse Group
(2014 – 2017)
• Various executive and
senior leadership roles,
Trade Me
(2007 – 2014)
MEAGAN ‘MARZIPAN’
HALPIN
HEAD OF PEOPLE
& PERFORMANCE
Meagan ensures My Food
Bag attracts top talent and
matches them to the right
roles. She has a strong
focus on inclusive company
communications that has
resulted in an engaged
workforce and a reputation
as an enviable place to
work.
Past experience:
• Managing Director
Human Resources,
mcgarrybowen
(2005 – 2016)
• Senior Benefits
Counselor, University of
Virginia (2003 – 2005)
• HR Generalist,
Barnes & Noble.com
(2000 – 2003)
POLLY ‘POMEGRANATE’
BRODIE
HEAD OF DEVELOPMENT
KITCHEN
Polly leads a passionate
team in designing new
recipes each week while
maintaining a strong focus
on ingredient margin
and My Food Bag’s high
nutritional standards.
Past experience:
• Development Kitchen
and Nutrition Manager,
My Food Bag
(2015 – 2018)
• Recipe Development
and Test Kitchen Chef,
My Food Bag
(2014 – 2015)
• Sous Chef, Motor
Yacht Sirona III
(2012 – 2014)
TRISH ‘TERIYAKI’
WHITWELL
HEAD OF INNOVATION
Trish drives business
growth through the
creation of new products
and the evolution of
existing products. She runs
a collaborative innovation
process that allows My
Food Bag to respond
quickly to market changes.
Past experience:
• Head of Marketing,
My Food Bag
(2016 – 2017)
• Marketing Manager
– Meadow Fresh,
Goodman Fielder
(2015 – 2016)
• Marketing Manager
– Digital Channels,
TVNZ (2011 – 2013)
48
Substantial shareholders and relevant interests held by directors and senior managers
SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS
As at the date of this PDS, the following shareholders have a relevant interest in 5% or more of the Shares in the Company:
SHAREHOLDER AND NATURE
OF RELEVANT INTEREST
NUMBER OF
SHARES
% OF
SHARES
Waterman Fund 3 LP is the registered holder and beneficial owner of Shares in the Company.
Waterman Capital (Fund 3) Limited has the power to control the acquisition and disposition of,
and the exercise of the right to vote attached to, the Shares held by Waterman Fund 3 LP as manager
of that fund under an investment management contract and therefore has a relevant interest in the
Shares held by Waterman Fund 3 LP.
141,190,00066.35%
Cecilia Charlotte Louise Robinson, Heimsath Alexander Trustee Limited and James Charles Robinson
are the registered holders of Shares in the Company as trustees of the APL Holdings Trust.
23,800,60011.18%
Philippa Mary Greenwood and Theresa Elizabeth Gattung are the registered holders of Shares
in the Company as trustees of the Theresa Gattung Investment Trust.
21,783,60010.24%
Carlos Edward James Bagrie, Covisory Trust Limited, JKA Holdings Limited and Nadia Rui-chi Lim
are the registered holders of Shares in the Company as trustees of the Bagrie Lim Family Trust.
12,102,0005.69%
The following shareholders are likely to have a relevant interest in 5% or more of the Shares in the Company immediately following
completion of the Offer:
SHAREHOLDER AND NATURE
OF RELEVANT INTEREST
NUMBER OF
SHARES
% OF
SHARES
Waterman Fund 3 LP will be the registered holder and beneficial owner of Shares in the Company.
Waterman Capital (Fund 3) Limited will have the power to control the acquisition and disposition of,
and the exercise of the right to vote attached to, the Shares held by Waterman Fund 3 LP as manager
of that fund under an investment management contract and therefore has a relevant interest in the
Shares held by Waterman Fund 3 LP.
36,365,62915.00%
Harbour Asset Management Limited will have as fund manager, the power to exercise (or control the
exercise of) a right to vote attached to, and power to acquire or dispose of (or control the acquisition
or disposal of), certain Shares, under investment powers contained in investment management
agreements with clients (the beneficial owners of the product) or managed fund trust deeds.
1
15,405,4056.35%
Milford Funds Limited will have as fund manager, the power to exercise (or control the exercise of) a
right to vote attached to, and power to acquire or dispose of (or control the acquisition or disposal
of), certain Shares, under investment powers contained in managed fund trust deeds.
1
15,405,4056.35%
Investment Services Group Limited is the sole shareholder of Devon Funds Management Limited and
Clarity Funds Management Limited. Each of Devon Funds Management Limited and Clarity Funds
Management Limited will have as independent fund managers, the power to exercise (or control the
exercise of) a right to vote attached to, and power to acquire or dispose of (or control the acquisition
or disposal of), certain Shares, under investment powers contained in investment management
agreements with clients (the beneficial owners of the product) or managed fund trust deeds.
1
13,783,7825.69%
Note:
1. Allocations have been made to certain Institutional Investors in advance of the Bookbuild, who have committed to bid for at least
a certain number of Shares in the Bookbuild at the Offer Price (including Harbour Asset Management Limited, Milford Funds
Limited, Devon Funds Management Limited and Clarity Funds Management Limited). Those Institutional Investors may choose to
bid for additional Shares in the Bookbuild, in which case there is no assurance that such investors will be allocated any Shares
in excess of their pre-committed allocation, and therefore the table above only reflects committed allocations as at the date of
this PDS.
49
SHAREHOLDINGS HELD BY DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGERS
The table below sets out the equity securities in the Company that the directors and senior managers of My Food Bag have an
interest in prior to the Offer (at the date of the PDS) and will likely have an interest in immediately following completion of the Offer.
DIRECTOR
OR SENIOR
MANAGERNATURE OF RELEVANT INTEREST
PRIOR TO THE OFFER
IMMEDIATELY
FOLLOWING THE OFFER
1
Number of
Shares
% of
Shares
Number of
Shares
% of
Shares
Tony Carter
20% or more interest in Loughborough Investments Limited
(which will be the registered holder of Shares), resulting
in Tony being deemed to have the same relevant interest
in the Shares as Loughborough Investments Limited. --54,0540.02%
Jen BunburyRegistered holder as trustee of the Jennifer L Bunbury Trust.--16,2160.01%
Sarah HindleRegistered holder and beneficial owner--10,8110.00%
Jon MacdonaldRegistered holder and beneficial owner--54,0540.02%
Chris Marshall
20% or more interest in Waterman Capital (Fund 3)
Limited, resulting in Chris being deemed to have the same
relevant interests in the Shares as Waterman Fund 3 LP
and Waterman Capital (Fund 3) Limited described in the
substantial shareholders table above.141,190,00066.35%36,365,62915.00%
20% or more interest in CMC Limited (which will be the
registered holder of Shares), resulting in Chris being
deemed to have the same relevant interest in the Shares
as CMC Limited.--54,0540.02%
Kevin BowlerBeneficial owner
2
4,437,4002.09%1,109,3500.46%
Mark WinterBeneficial owner
2
1,008,5000.47%252,1250.10%
Notes:
1. Directors and senior managers are permitted to acquire Shares under the Offer. The interests in Shares expected to be held
immediately following the Offer reflect the intentions of the directors and senior managers at the date of the PDS in relation to
their acquisition of Shares under the Offer.
2. These Shares are held by SaleCo as trustee on behalf of the relevant senior manager until that senior manager’s loan has been
repaid in full under the Existing Senior Executive Share Ownership Scheme described below, at which point the Shares will be
transferred to the relevant senior manager.
50
Other equity securities of the Company
Under the Constitution, any other class of equity securities
of the Company that ranks equally with, or in priority to,
the Shares may be issued without a special resolution of
the holders of the Shares. However, the issue of new equity
securities in the Company is governed by the NZX Listing
Rules, which requires the approval by ordinary resolution of
the holders of the Shares to the issue of new equity securities,
except in certain circumstances set out in the NZX Listing Rules.
Directors’ remuneration and other benefits
The table below sets out the total remuneration and value
of other benefits received by each director of the Company
during FY20 and expected to be received in FY21, as well
as the nature of the services to which that remuneration,
or those other benefits, relates (other than services provided
in a person’s capacity as a director).
DIRECTOR
TOTAL
REMUNERATION
AND VALUE OF
OTHER BENEFITS
RECEIVED IN FY20
46
EXPECTED TOTAL
REMUNERATION
AND VALUE OF
OTHER BENEFITS
EXPECTED TO BE
RECEIVED IN FY21
47
Tony Carter-$46,411
Jen Bunbury-$21,548
Sarah Hindle-$13,534
Jon Macdonald-$28,178
Chris Marshall$30,000$37,288
The remuneration paid to the directors of the Company in
FY21 will be higher than that paid in FY20. This reflects that,
as a result of the listing of My Food Bag on the NZX Main
Board and ASX, the directors have increased responsibilities
and will be required to devote more time to the performance
of their duties as directors.
The fees for non-executive directors of the Company that
will apply from listing have been fixed as a total pool of
$600,000 per annum.
The directors are entitled to be reimbursed for all reasonable
travel, accommodation and other expenses incurred by them
in connection with their attendance at Board or shareholder
meetings, or otherwise in connection with the Company’s
business.
The Company has granted indemnities, as permitted by
the Companies Act and the FMCA, in favour of each of
its directors. The Company also maintains insurance for its
directors and officers.
Employee remuneration
During FY20 a number of employees, not being directors
of the Company, received remuneration and other benefits
in their capacity as employees that exceeded $100,000 in
value as follows:
REMUNERATIONNO. OF EMPLOYEES
$100,000 to $109,9991
$110,000 to $119,9991
$130,000 to $139,9991
$140,000 to $149,9991
$150,000 to $159,9991
$160,000 to $169,9991
$170,000 to $179,9992
$180,000 to $189,9992
$190,000 to $199,9993
$220,000 to $229,9991
$230,000 to $239,9991
$250,000 to $259,9991
$260,000 to $269,9991
$320,000 to $329,9991
$330,000 to $339,9991
$500,000 to $509,9991
Kevin Bowler’s remuneration as Chief Executive during FY20
was $500,000 and is expected to be $509,500 in FY21.
FY21 employee remuneration is expected to be higher
than FY20. As well as small increases to employee base
remuneration, a one-off COVID-19 discretionary payment
of $140,000 was paid to 14 senior leaders in June 2020.
Additionally, higher FY21 short term incentive payments
are anticipated as a result of expected over-delivery against
the incentive targets. The CEO did not participate in the
FY21 COVID-19 payment and is ineligible for the short term
incentive programme. In addition, certain senior executives
have received shares in FY21 under the existing senior
executive ownership scheme outlined on the following page.
46 Chris Marshall is the only current director of My Food Bag who was also a member of the Board during FY20.
47 The expected total remuneration and value of other benefits for FY21 includes an additional amount paid to Tony Carter ($17,260), Jen Bunbury ($8,014)
and Jon Macdonald ($10,479) for their participation in the due diligence process in relation to the Offer.
51
Section 3
Purpose
of the Offer
New senior executive incentive scheme
My Food Bag has established a senior executive incentive
scheme in which the Board has invited Kevin Bowler and
Mark Winter to participate. Under the scheme, a senior
executive who is invited to participate will be offered a
number of share rights determined by dividing a dollar value
by the value of one My Food Bag share at the date of the
offer of share rights. The dollar value of the grant of share
rights will be determined based upon My Food Bag’s EBITDA
and certain other performance hurdles, assessed against My
Food Bag’s performance during FY22F against the PFI with a
grant only being made where My Food Bag outperforms the
PFI for this period.
Subject to the senior executive remaining employed at
30 June 2023, each share right under the initial grant is
converted to one ordinary share. The executive is liable for
tax on the shares received at this point.
The Board intends to consider implementing a long term
incentive scheme for My Food Bag’s senior management after
the Offer during FY22, which is not expected to have any
impact on the PFI for FY22F.
Existing senior executive share
ownership scheme
In addition to the new senior executive incentive scheme,
certain senior executives (and former directors) of My Food
Bag participate in an executive share ownership scheme
which provides participants with an interest free loan in
order to fund the exercise price of options up to 100% of the
amount of the exercise price of those options. The executive
share ownership scheme has been in existence since
November 2016 with the last grant of options being made
under the scheme in June 2019, and all options under the
plan have now vested and been exercised. As at the date of
this PDS, participants in the scheme have a beneficial interest
in 11,093,500 Shares which are held on trust on their behalf
by SaleCo (and the Shares issued under the scheme are
of the same class as those being offered under the Offer),
being the only securities issued under the scheme within the
12 months prior to the date of this PDS. The existing scheme
will cease upon My Food Bag Group being listed and
participants are entitled to sell up to 75% of the Shares held
by them under the scheme before the Offer through the Offer,
with the proceeds to be used to repay loans made by My
Food Bag to participants and any remaining amount retained
by those participants (including to meet tax obligations). These
participants are subject to the escrow arrangements described
in Section 5 (Terms of the Offer) in respect of their remaining
Shares held upon completion of the Offer.
Other governance disclosures
The Board intends to adopt, from listing, various board
policies and charters that are typical for a company listed on
the NZX Main Board and ASX. Following listing, the Board
will have the power to appoint additional directors to the
Board from time to time, in accordance with the NZX Listing
Rules. Any director appointed by the Board must retire and
seek re-appointment at the next Annual Shareholders’ Meeting
of My Food Bag in accordance with the NZX Listing Rules.
52
The purpose of the Offer is to raise capital for My Food Bag to repay debt and to enable Existing Shareholders to realise part
of their investment by selling up to 155.3 million Shares. The minimum amount that must be raised before the Shares are issued
or transferred is $250 million.
The proceeds from the Offer will be used, and relate to our strategy, as follows:
AMOUNTUSE OF PROCEEDS
$38.2 millionTo repay bank debt
$16.7 millionTo fund Offer costs
$54.8 millionTotal proceeds from new Shares
Up to $193.9 millionProceeds to be received by Waterman for the sale of its existing Shares
Up to $93.4 millionProceeds to be received by other selling shareholders for the sale of their existing Shares
Up to $342.2 millionTotal gross proceeds from the Offer
In FY21F, and prior to the date of this PDS, My Food Bag borrowed an additional $45.7 million of bank debt, and has repaid
$51.1 million of shareholder loans (which have been treated as equity in the Historical Period). As noted above, My Food Bag will
apply $38.2 million of the proceeds from the Offer to repay bank debt, resulting in forecast drawn bank debt of $16.2 million at the
end of FY21F in comparison to $16.9 million of drawn bank debt at the end of FY20. You can find further details about My Food
Bag’s cash flows in the Supplementary Financial Information.
The use of the money raised under the Offer will not change depending on the total amount that is raised, although the number of
Shares that Waterman sells will depend on the level of demand in the Offer and the number of Shares that the Existing Shareholders
sell will depend on the level of demand in the Offer excluding the Priority Offer. The Offer is not underwritten.
Section 3
Purpose
of the Offer
53
Bookbuild19 February 2021
Foodies Offer, Priority Offer and Broker Firm Offer opens19 February 2021
Foodies Offer, Priority Offer and Broker Firm Offer closes26 February 2021
Ordinary shares are issued/transferred4 March 2021
Ordinary shares are quoted5 March 2021
Expected commencement of trading on the NZX Main Board and ASX5 March 2021
Earliest expected mailing of holding statements8 March 2021
Expected date of first dividend payment following the OfferDecember 2021
This timetable is indicative only and the dates may change. My Food Bag, with the agreement of the Joint Lead Managers,
reserves the right to vary or extend these dates.
Section 4
Key dates and
offer process
54
Section 5
Terms
of the Offer
55
Key terms of the Offer
The table below sets out the terms of the Offer. All Shares are issued on the terms set out in the Constitution (a copy of which is
available on the Offer Register).
DESCRIPTION OF THE
SHARES
Ordinary shares
KEY DATES
See Section 4 (Key dates and offer process)
STRUCTURE OF THE OFFER
The Offer comprises:
• The Foodies Offer, which is available only to Eligible Foodies.
• The Priority Offer, which is available only to Waterman Investors.
• A Broker Firm Offer, which is available only to New Zealand clients of Brokers, who have
received an allocation from their Broker.
• An Institutional Offer, which will be an invitation to bid for Shares made to selected Brokers
and Institutional Investors in New Zealand, Australia, Hong Kong and Singapore.
There is no general public offer under which you may subscribe for Shares. Therefore members
of the public who are not eligible to participate in the Priority Offer or the Foodies Offer and
who wish to subscribe for Shares must do so through a Broker with an allocation of Shares.
OFFER PRICE
The Offer Price is $1.85 per Share. In determining the Offer Price, consideration was given to
the following factors:
• the level of interest for participation in the Foodies Offer and the Priority Offer received by
My Food Bag in the priority registration process conducted before the date of this PDS;
• the level of demand for Shares from certain Institutional Investors who have committed to bid
for Shares in advance of the Bookbuild; and
• the desire for a successful and consistent aftermarket for the Shares.
ESCROW ARRANGEMENTS
Each Existing Shareholder has entered into escrow arrangements under which they have agreed
not to sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares held by them prior to the Offer which they
continue to hold upon completion of the Offer until the first day after the date on which My Food
Bag releases to NZX its results announcement for the financial year ended 31 March 2022,
subject to limited exceptions set out on the Offer Register. 23.7% of the total number of Shares
on issue in My Food Bag immediately following completion of the Offer are expected to be
subject to escrow arrangements.
DISCRETION REGARDING
THE OFFER
The Offerors may withdraw the Offer, or any part of it, at any time before the allotment of
Shares. If the Offer, or any part of it, does not proceed, all relevant Application Monies will
be refunded (without interest) no later than five Business Days after the announcement of the
decision to withdraw the Offer or any part of it.
The Offerors reserve the right to close the Offer or any part of it early, extend the Offer or any
part of it, accept late Applications, settlement or bids either generally or in particular cases,
reject any Application or bid, or allocate to any Applicant or any bidder fewer Shares than
applied or bid for.
If the Offerors refuse an Application or accept an Application in part (including due to scaling),
the relevant Application Monies will be refunded no later than five Business Days after the last
date on which Shares are allotted under the Offer. No interest will be paid on any Application
Monies that are refunded.
Refunds will be paid by direct credit to the bank account supplied for future dividend payments
on your Application Form.
See Section 11 (How to apply)
56
ALLOTMENTS
Any New Zealand Applicant with a CSN will have their Shares allotted under their CSN, if the
CSN was provided on their Application Form. The CSN provided must be in exactly the same
name(s) as that on the Application Form, otherwise a new CSN will be allocated.
Foodies Offer and Priority Offer Applicants who do not have a CSN, or who do not provide a
CSN on their Application Form, will be allocated a CSN at the time of Application. The CSN
will be advised at the time the allotment of Shares is confirmed and the associated Authorisation
Code (FIN) will be sent as a separate communication by mail on the first Business Day after the
Allotment Date.
Shares allocated under the Offer are expected to be allotted on 4 March 2021.
If a mobile number is supplied on your Application Form, a text message will be sent to that
number advising the number of Shares allocated to you on the Allotment Date.
If an email address is supplied on your Application Form, an allotment notice including details
of any scaling information (if applicable) will be emailed to you by close of business on the
Allotment Date.
Holding transaction statements are expected to be sent to all successful Applicants within five
Business Days of the Allotment Date.
No person accepts any liability should any person attempt to sell or otherwise deal with
Shares before a communication confirming allotment is received.
WHAT YOU NEED TO DO TO
SELL YOUR SHARES
If you wish to sell Shares you hold directly on the NZX Main Board, after confirming your
allocation, you must contact a Broker and have a CSN and an Authorisation Code (FIN).
Opening a new broker account can take a number of days depending on the Broker’s new
client procedures. If you do not have a CSN, you will:
• be assigned one when you set up an account with a Broker; or
• receive one from the Share Registrar.
If you do not have a FIN, it is expected that you will be sent one as a separate communication
by the Share Registrar. If you have a Broker and have not received a FIN by the date you want
to trade your Shares, your Broker can obtain one, but may pass the cost for doing so on to you.
If you sell your Shares, you may be required to pay brokerage or other sale expenses. You
may also be liable for tax on the sale of your Shares. You should seek your own tax advice in
relation to your Shares.
NO GUARANTEE
No person guarantees the Shares affected under this PDS. No person warrants or guarantees
the performance of the Shares or any return on any investments made pursuant to this PDS.
57
Components of the Offer
BROKER FIRM OFFERFOODIES OFFERPRIORITY OFFER
Who can apply?
The Broker Firm Offer is open to
New Zealand clients who have
received an allocation from their
Broker. You should contact your
Broker to determine whether
they may allocate Shares to you
under the Broker Firm Offer.
The Foodies Offer is open to
Eligible Foodies.
The Priority Offer is open to
Waterman Investors.
My Food Bag reserves the right to determine in its sole discretion
whether you are eligible to apply in the Foodies Offer or the
Priority Offer.
How do you apply?
See Section 11 (How to apply)
How many shares
can you apply for?
Brokers will determine the
number of Shares their
New Zealand clients will be
allocated.
The minimum Application
amount you can apply for
as an employee of My Food
Bag under the Foodies Offer
is 135 Shares. The minimum
Application amount you can
apply for as an Eligible Foodie
who is not an employee of
My Food Bag is 270 Shares.
The minimum Application
amount you can apply for
under the Priority Offer is
1,000 Shares.
How do you pay
for your Shares?
See Section 11 (How to apply)
When do you need
to apply?
The Broker Firm Offer opens
on 19 February 2021.
You should make your
Application in accordance with
the instructions of your Broker.
The Foodies Offer and the Priority Offer open on 19 February 2021.
Applications may be made online only. You need to complete the
Application Form and provide a direct debitable bank account from
which your Application Monies will be direct debited. The direct debit
will be made on the day of Application or the next Business Day.
Allocation policy
The number of Shares to be
offered under the Broker Firm
Offer will be determined
following the Bookbuild by
My Food Bag.
Allocations by Brokers to their
New Zealand clients will be
determined by those Brokers.
It will be a matter for Brokers to
ensure that their New Zealand
clients who have received an
allocation from them receive
their Shares.
Applicants in the Broker Firm
Offer should contact the Broker
from whom they received their
allocation to find out if their
Application was successful.
The number of Shares to be allocated to the Foodies Offer, the Priority
Offer and among participants in the Foodies Offer and the Priority
Offer, will be determined following the Bookbuild by My Food Bag.
If the value of Applications received under the Foodies Offer or the
Priority Offer is greater than the value of Shares available under the
Foodies Offer or the Priority Offer (as determined by My Food Bag),
Applications will be scaled back in such manner as My Food Bag
may determine, which may differ as between the Foodies Offer and
the Priority Offer, and as between individual Applicants.
In the event that demand for Shares in the Foodies Offer or the Priority
Offer does not meet the quantity reserved for Eligible Foodies or
Waterman Investors, the residual Shares may be reallocated at the
discretion of the Offerors.
Applicants in the Foodies Offer and the Priority Offer should contact
the Share Registrar to find out if their Application was successful after
the allotment of Shares.
58
Institutional Offer
The Institutional Offer will be conducted through the
Bookbuild. The Joint Lead Managers will invite selected
Institutional Investors along with Brokers to bid for Shares in
the Bookbuild to be undertaken by the Joint Lead Managers
on 19 February 2021.
All successful participants in the Institutional Offer will pay the
Offer Price for each Share allocated to them.
The information collated in the Bookbuild will then be used
to assist with the allocation of Shares. The number of Shares
to be offered under the Institutional Offer, and the allocation
of Shares among Institutional Investors and Brokers that have
bid for Shares in the Bookbuild, will be determined by My
Food Bag. There is no assurance that any participant in
the Bookbuild will be allocated any Shares or the number
of Shares for which it has bid. The allocation policy will be
influenced by a number of factors which may include the
timeliness of the bid by particular bidders.
Allocations have been made to certain Institutional Investors
in advance of the Bookbuild, who have committed to bid for
at least a certain number of Shares in the Bookbuild at the
Offer Price. Those Institutional Investors may choose to bid for
additional Shares in the Bookbuild, in which case there is no
assurance that such investors will be allocated any Shares in
excess of their pre-committed allocation. Full details of how to
participate, including bidding instructions, will be provided by
the Joint Lead Managers to invited participants in due course.
Participants can only bid into the book for Shares through the
Joint Lead Managers.
Details of Shares offered
SHARES
% OF SHARES
FOLLOWING
THE OFFER
New Shares
offered by My
Food Bag 29.6 million 12.2%
Existing Shares
offered by
SaleCo155.3 million64.1%
Total Shares
being offered185.0 million 76.3%
Listing
My Food Bag expects that trading of the Shares on the
NZX Main Board and ASX will commence on 5 March 2021.
If admission to list on the NZX Main Board is denied, the
Offer will not proceed. Failure to achieve admission to list on
the ASX will not, of itself, prevent the issue or sale of Shares
under the Offer from proceeding.
NZX Main Board listing
An application has been made to NZX for permission to
list My Food Bag and to quote the Shares on the NZX
Main Board and all the requirements of NZX relating to the
application that can be compiled on or before the date of this
PDS have been duly complied with. However, NZX accepts
no responsibility for any statement in this PDS. The NZX Main
Board is a licensed market operated by NZX, which is a
licensed market operator, regulated under the FMCA.
59
ASX listing
An application will be made to ASX after the PDS has been
lodged on the Offer Register for My Food Bag to be admitted
to the official list of ASX as an ASX Foreign Exempt Listing and
for quotation of the Shares on the ASX.
If My Food Bag is admitted to the official list of ASX as a
Foreign Exempt Listing, it will need to comply with the NZX
Listing Rules (other than as waived by NZX) but will not
need to comply with the vast majority of the ASX Listing Rule
obligations. Rather, My Food Bag will need to comply only
with the rules specified in ASX Listing Rule 1.15, which are
relatively procedural in nature. My Food Bag will not be
subject to substantive ASX Listing Rule requirements such
as the rules on continuous disclosure, periodic reporting,
shareholder approval of share issuances, escrow, transactions
with persons of influence and significant transactions.
ASX takes no responsibility for the contents of this PDS or for
the merits of the investment to which this PDS relates. The fact
that ASX may admit My Food Bag to the official list of ASX
and quote the Shares on the ASX is not to be taken as an
indication of the merits, or as an endorsement by ASX, of My
Food Bag or the Shares. The ASX is not a licenced market
under the FMCA.
Selling restrictions and further
information
The Offer is only being made to eligible persons under the
Foodies Offer and the Priority Offer, New Zealand clients of
Brokers who receive a firm allocation of Shares and selected
Brokers and Institutional Investors in certain jurisdictions
including New Zealand, Australia, Hong Kong and
Singapore. The Offer is being made in Australia in reliance
on the trans-Tasman mutual recognition scheme under Chapter
8 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and the Corporations
Regulations 2001 (Cth).
This PDS is intended for use solely in connection with the
Offer. You can find further information on the Offer Register in
relation to the terms of the Offer and the Shares, including the
Constitution and additional selling restrictions.
60
Key features of the equity securities
All Shares issued under the Offer will be fully paid ordinary
shares in My Food Bag which rank equally with each other
and all other ordinary shares in My Food Bag on issue. The
key features of the Shares do not differ from those that apply
to other ordinary shares in a company generally.
Dividend policy
Our dividend policy is to target a dividend payout ratio of
between 70% to 90% of NPAT for a financial year, taking into
account the operating cashflow, future capital requirements
and an aim to provide stability of dividend income. For FY22F
we are targeting a dividend payout ratio of approximately
80% of NPAT. Dividends will be imputed to the extent
possible, and are expected to be fully imputed in FY22F.
Total dividends declared in respect of FY22F are expected to
be $16.0 million, targeted to be paid in two instalments in
December 2021 and June 2022.
Dividends are made at the Board’s discretion, and depend on
our financial performance. The payment of dividends is not
guaranteed, and our dividend policy may change over time.
In declaring dividends, My Food Bag must comply with the
solvency test under the Companies Act and the covenants in
our banking facilities.
Section 6
Key features of
ordinary shares
6161
Section 7
My Food Bag’s
financial information
62
Introduction
These tables provide key financial information about My
Food Bag. Full financial statements are available on the Offer
Register at https://disclose-register.companiesoffice.govt.
nz/, offer number (OFR13033). If you do not understand this
financial information, you can seek advice from a financial
adviser or an accountant.
The Supplementary Financial Information and other financial
information is also available on the Offer Register.
This PDS contains prospective financial information (PFI) for
FY21F and FY22F (together, the Prospective Period). The PFI
is based on the Board’s assessment of events and conditions
existing at the date of this PDS and the accounting policies
and assumptions set out in the Supplementary Financial
Information and financial statements which are available
on the Offer Register. The principal assumptions on which
the PFI is based are set out under the heading Overview of
prospective financial information in this section.
PFI by its nature is inherently uncertain. It is a prediction of
future events which cannot be assured. It involves risks and
uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. The
Board believes that the PFI has been prepared with due care
and attention, and considers the assumptions, when taken as
a whole, to be reasonable at the time of preparing this PDS.
Actual results are likely to vary from the information presented
and variances may be material. Accordingly, neither the
Board nor any other person can provide any assurance that
the PFI will be achieved and investors are cautioned not to
place undue reliance on the PFI. You should read the PFI in
this PDS in light of the assumptions, and in conjunction with
the other information in this PDS (including in particular the
information in Section 8 (Risks to My Food Bag’s business and
plans)).
The financial information in this PDS is presented in New
Zealand dollars and is rounded to the nearest one hundred
thousand, which may result in some discrepancies between
the sum of the components and totals within tables, and also
certain percentage calculations.
Selected Financial Information
The table of Selected Financial Information contains the
following types of financial information:
• Statutory historical financial information as reported in our
financial statements.
• Statutory prospective financial information which presents
the PFI on the same basis as that on which we intend to
report under NZ GAAP in the future.
• Pro forma historical financial information which has been
derived from the statutory historical financial information,
adjusted for accounting policy alignments, structural
changes and non-recurring or infrequent events. We
believe these adjustments allow investors to compare the
historical financial information with the PFI and to better
understand the trends in our financial performance. These
adjustments are described under the heading Pro forma
operating adjustments in this section. This information is
not prepared in accordance with the NZ-GAAP.
• Pro forma prospective financial information adjusts the
statutory PFI to reflect pro forma adjustments in the first
year of the Prospective Period (FY21F) including the
removal of non-recurring Offer costs and the change
in capital structure arising from the Offer as described
under the heading Pro forma operating adjustments in this
section. This information is not prepared in accordance
with the NZ-GAAP.
The pro forma historical financial information and the pro
forma PFI have been prepared solely for the purpose of
inclusion in this PDS. More information about the pro forma
adjustments, the principal assumptions on which the PFI is
based, and reconciliations of pro forma financial information
to information prepared in accordance with NZ GAAP, is
available in the Supplementary Financial Information.
The FY21F information includes seven months of actual results
for the period ended 31 October 2020 and five months of
forecast information for the period ended 31 March 2021.
Where labelled pro forma, the FY21F period also includes the
pro forma adjustments outlined under the heading Pro forma
operating adjustments in this section.
The historical financial information is extracted from our
audited or reviewed financial statements which are available
on the Offer Register. This document presents historical
financial information for My Food Bag for the financial periods
ended 31 March 2018 (FY18), 31 March 2019 (FY19), 31
March 2020 (FY20), 30 September 2019 (1HFY20) and 30
September 2020 (1HFY21) (collectively the Historical Periods).
The prospective financial information for the financial periods
ending 31 March 2021 (FY21F) and 31 March 2022 (FY22F)
is that presented and described in the Supplementary Financial
Information which is available on the Offer Register.
63
Notes:
1. The selected financial information (excluding any financial
information in the selected financial information table that
is identified as being pro forma financial information) is
extracted from audited or reviewed financial statements
of My Food Bag for the FY18, FY19, FY20 and 1HFY21
periods together with 1HFY20 comparatives. The
financial statements and auditor’s reports or reviews for
these periods are available on the Offer Register. The
prospective financial information for FY21F and FY22F is
extracted from the Supplementary Financial Information
for the Group (and not the financial statements of My
Food Bag, from which the selected financial information
for FY18, FY19, FY20, 1HFY20 and 1HFY21 has been
extracted). Some line items in the selected financial
information include adjustments applied by My Food Bag
(denoted ‘pro forma’), including the FY19 52 week pro
forma year which removes the last trading week of the
financial year to enable comparison between financial
years. For an explanation of all pro forma adjustments,
please refer to the information under the heading Pro
forma operating adjustments in this section and Part B of
the Supplementary Financial Information.
2. The FY19 pro forma 52 weeks financial information is
included to enable better comparison of operating metrics
over the Historical Period and Prospective Period on a
consistent 52 week basis. Given this purpose full pro forma
profit and loss, pro forma balance sheet and pro forma
cash flow metrics are not shown as My Food Bag does not
consider that the additional information would assist with
assessment of the Offer. The fact that the full pro forma
profit and loss, pro forma balance sheet and pro forma
cash flow metrics are not presented is not to be taken as
an indication that these metrics would not differ from those
shown for the FY19 historical statutory accounts.
Selected Financial Information
1
FY18FY19FY19FY20FY21FFY22F1HFY201HFY21
NZ$m
(unless indicated otherwise)
52 weeks
ending
31 Mar
2018
53 weeks
ending
31 Mar
2019
52 weeks
ending
31 Mar
2019
2
52 weeks
ending
31 Mar
2020
52 weeks
ending
31 Mar
2021
52 weeks
ending
31 Mar
2022
26 weeks
ending
30 Sept
2019
26 weeks
ending
30 Sept
2020
Historical
Statutory
Historical
Statutory
Historical
Pro Forma
Historical
Statutory
Forecast
Statutory
Forecast
Statutory
Historical
Statutory
Historical
Statutory
Financial performance
Revenue149.0 156.0 153.3 153.3 189.5 186.4 77.3 105.3
Pro forma EBITDA
3 4
12.4 14.7 13.9 16.3 28.5 34.2 6.6 14.3
Pro forma EBITDA growth % 18.8%12.4%17.4%74.5%20.2% 116.0%
Pro forma EBITDA margin %8.3%9.4%9.1%10.6%15.0%18.4%8.6%13.6%
Net profit after tax5.0 7.2 8.2 0.820.1 3.2 7.6
Pro forma net profit after tax
5
15.6 20.1 7.9
Balance sheet and cash flow items
6
Dividends paid
7 8
3.4 3.6 8.4 13.3 6.4 3.3 6.3
Total assets93.8 92.5 109.6 100.8 99.1 109.0
Cash and cash equivalents1.6 3.0 8.3 - - 4.4
Total liabilities39.0 34.2 51.4 48.132.7 55.5
Total debt
9
19.8 16.9 27.8 26.1 8.7 29.1
Total bank debt19.8 16.9 16.9 16.2 1.3 18.0
Net cash flows from operating activities9.2 9.3 19.2 8.126.64.6 10.3
Pro forma net cash flows from operating
activities
10
22.726.610.6
64
3. Pro forma EBITDA is a non-NZ GAAP measure that
includes pro forma adjustments as described under the
heading Pro forma operating adjustments in this section.
4. FY22F pro forma EBITDA is the same as FY22F EBITDA;
there have been no pro forma adjustments made to
EBITDA in this period.
5. Pro forma net profit after tax is a non-NZ GAAP measure.
This measure reflects the pro forma adjustments reflected
in pro forma EBITDA, and the overlay of My Food Bag’s
capital structure following completion of the Offer as if
it had been in place since 1 April 2020. The pro forma
operating tax expense has been adjusted to reflect
the tax implications of the pro forma adjustments. A
reconciliation to statutory net profit after tax is included in
Part B of the Supplementary Financial Information.
6. The balance sheet information for FY21F and FY22F
reflects that one of the facilities available to My Food Bag
is a revolving credit facility, and cash held by My Food
Bag is therefore used to offset and reduce the balance
owing as total bank debt.
7. Historically dividends have been paid when excess cash
is available for distribution. Following listing, dividends
are expected to be declared and paid twice yearly
following the release of interim and annual results. The
FY22F dividend reflects the forecast expected payment
of the FY22F interim dividend of $6.4 million, the first
dividend that will be paid following the Offer. Total
dividends in relation to FY22F are forecast to be
$16.0 million. Refer to Section 6 (Key features of
ordinary shares) for further details of the Company’s
dividend policy.
8. The FY21F dividends paid of $13.3 million will be paid
to Existing Shareholders and will not be available to
investors in the Offer.
9. Total debt represents the closing balance on all right of
use liabilities, term loans and financial liabilities. Total
debt excludes shareholder loans, which were treated as
equity in the Historical Period. In FY21F, and prior to the
date of this PDS, My Food Bag borrowed an additional
$45.7 million of bank debt, and has repaid $51.1
million of shareholder loans (which have been treated as
equity over the Historical Period). My Food Bag expects
to repay $46.8 million of bank debt in FY21F, including
by applying $38.2 million of the proceeds from the Offer,
resulting in the total debt and total bank debt balances
set out above. Refer to the Statement of Cash Flows
in the Supplementary Financial Information for further
information about the sources and uses of cash in FY21F.
10. Pro forma cash flows from operating activities is a non-
NZ GAAP measure that comprises net cash flows from
operating activities adjusted to remove Offer costs in
FY21F and overlays My Food Bag’s capital structure
following completion of the Offer for the seven months
of actual results in FY21F.
Pro forma operating adjustments
My Food Bag believes that certain adjustments are required
to enable a better comparison of operating performance over
the Historical Period, a comparison of operating performance
between the Historical Period and Prospective Period, and
a comparison of operating performance with that of other
companies.
Adjustments have been classified into three categories:
• Adjustments for accounting policy alignments and
non-recurring or infrequent items:
These adjustments are:
–Retrospectively applying IFRS 16 for leases in FY18
and FY19 for leases held at that time;
–Removing the impact of the 53rd week in the period
ended 31 March 2019, to provide consistency with
the previous and prospective 52 week financial
periods; and
–Removing transaction costs associated with the Offer.
• Adjustments for structural changes in the business:
These adjustments are:
–Adding incremental costs associated with running
a listed company; and
–Adjusting interest and funding expenses to reflect the
impact of the new capital structure.
• Income tax expenses / (income) recalculations:
An adjustment has been made to include an additional
income tax expense or income that would have resulted
due to the adjustments outlined above.
65
How we generate revenue
As an online meal kit and ready-made meal delivery business,
revenue is driven primarily by the volume of bags delivered to
customers and the Average Order Value of bags delivered.
Key drivers of volume are the number of Active Customers
and their order frequency. We operate a subscription model,
meaning a significant proportion of our revenue in any given
period is derived from existing customers, who were acquired
in previous periods.
Key drivers of the price per bag delivered include brand
(My Food Bag, Bargain Box, Fresh Start, MADE), bag type
(multiple within each brand), bag size (1 – 6 customers) and
number of nights selected (3, 4 or 5 nights).
We also offer a range of “extras”, with customers able to add
fruit boxes and other seasonal one-off extras to their order.
MADE meals can also be added as an extra to customers’
weekly orders. The price per bag and one-offs or extras
added to an order contribute to the Average Order Value.
Revenue is net of marketing discounts which include
promotional and ‘refer-a-friend’ discounts used to attract new
customers to My Food Bag.
Key drivers of our financial performance can be found in
Section 1 (Key information summary).
Overview of historical financial
performance
INTRODUCTION
This section provides an overview of our pro forma operating
historical financial performance and should be read in
conjunction with the ‘Selected Financial Information’ table
under the heading Selected Financial Information in this
section.
FY19 FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE RELATIVE TO FY18
Between FY18 and FY19 our revenue grew by 2.9% ($4.3
million) from $149.0 million to $153.3 million (pro forma
52-week basis). Key factors that drove this result are:
• An increase in delivery volumes of 3.6%, driven by an
increase in Active Customers;
• Strong growth in revenue from Bargain Box branded
deliveries (as customers moved to larger bag sizes)
and higher priced Fresh Start branded deliveries. These
increases were reflective of strong marketing activity for
these brands; and
• Continued new product development including the launch
of My Food Bag Ready in 20 (a range of meals prepared
in 20 minutes or less) and Heat 2 Cook 2 (combining two
meal kit recipes with two ready-made meals).
Between FY18 and FY19 pro forma EBITDA grew by
12.4% ($1.5 million) from $12.4 million to $13.9 million
(pro forma 52-week basis). The growth in pro forma EBITDA
was driven by:
• An increase in revenue (for reasons noted above); and
• An increase in Contribution Margin due to a reduction in
raw material costs (resulting from a favourable product
mix change); and
• An improvement in direct costs per bag delivered.
FY20 FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE RELATIVE TO FY19
Our revenue in FY20 was in line with FY19 (pro forma
52-week basis) at $153.3 million. Key factors that drove
this result are summarised below:
• An increase in delivery volumes (0.5%) on FY19 (pro
forma 52-week basis), driven by growth in core My Food
Bag and Bargain Box branded deliveries; and
• Launch of the MADE brand, which was introduced to the
market via a soft launch in July 2019 as well as innovation
within the My Food Bag brand with the launch of My Plant
Based Bag in October 2019;
Offset by:
• Increased marketing discounts as we shifted focus
from general brand advertising to increased marketing
discounts in response to competitor behaviour within the
New Zealand market.
Between FY19 and FY20, pro forma EBITDA grew by 17.4%
($2.4 million) from $13.9 million (pro forma 52-week basis)
to $16.3 million. The growth in pro forma EBITDA was driven
by:
• A reduction in outsourced distribution costs, as we moved
to using the more cost-efficient overnight delivery service
for our regional deliveries (rather than our dedicated same
day service on a Sunday);
• A reduction in total marketing spend; and
• A reduction in indirect people and general overhead
costs.
66
Overview of prospective financial performance
INTRODUCTION
This section provides an overview of our pro forma prospective financial performance and should be read in conjunction with the
‘Selected Financial Information’ table under the heading Selected Financial Information in this section.
The table below lists the key drivers of our financial performance and briefly outlines the principal assumptions and forecasts for
each of the key drivers in the Prospective Period. A full description of the assumptions and sensitivities for the Prospective Period is
available in the Supplementary Financial Information on the Offer Register.
KEY DRIVER PRINCIPAL ASSUMPTION AND FORECASTS
Revenue:
Revenue is driven by the
volume and Average Order
Value of bags delivered and
is net of marketing discounts
• Increase in delivery volumes (22.0%) in FY21F and a slight decrease (-1.5%) in FY22F as
demand steadies following the COVID-19 spike experienced in Q1 FY21F;
• Increased number of deliveries per customer, per quarter, largely driven by the My Choice
Bag offering and goal-based offerings such as My Plant Based Bag;
• Increased new customer acquisition;
• Pricing increase across selected brands and bags; and
• Favourable change in product mix to larger sized bags and greater purchase of extras in
FY21F.
Contribution Margin:
Defined as revenue less cost
of goods sold less direct
costs (assembly & distribution
expenses)
• Increase in delivery volumes (as explained above);
• Procurement cost savings from the renegotiation of major ingredient category contracts
coming into effect in 2HFY21 and FY22F;
• Packaging savings as a result of a cardboard tender process and a new packaging solution
in 1HFY21;
• Increased labour and overhead costs resulting from regulatory increases in the minimum
wage and higher costs to pick and pack My Choice Bag;
• Reduction in assembly and distribution overheads following the consolidation of our North
Island assembly centres (1HFY21) and cost savings resulting from assuming control of our
operations in the Christchurch assembly centre (1HFY21); and
• Tightening of ordering processes and heightened operational controls via the new ERP System
(implemented in 1HFY21), reducing ingredient write-offs.
Indirect expenses:
Includes advertising &
promotional marketing spend,
people, digital & general and
offer costs
• Pro forma indirect expenses are forecast to increase by 20.3% in FY21F and remain at
similar levels in FY22F.
67
FY21F FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE RELATIVE TO FY20
From FY20 to FY21F, revenue is forecast to increase by
23.6% ($36.2 million) from $153.3 million to $189.5 million.
This is being driven by an increase in deliveries of 22.0% and
an increase in Average Order Value of 1.3% (from $122.6 to
$124.2).
Subsequent to New Zealand’s first COVID-19 lockdown
(March 2020) we have experienced a sustained increase in
demand for products across our portfolio.
We were already experiencing an increase in demand
prior to this, driven by innovative new product offerings (My
Choice Bag and My Plant Based Bag) and a gradual shift
in consumer behaviour to online retail, with the lockdowns
accelerating this trend.
From FY20 to FY21F, pro forma EBITDA is forecast to
increase by 74.5% ($12.2 million) from $16.3 million to
$28.5 million. This is driven by the increase in revenue and
gross profit margin (from 43.0% to 46.6%) as a result of
procurement cost savings from the renegotiation of our major
ingredient category contracts. Savings are partially offset by
an increase in assembly and distribution costs as a result of
the growth in deliveries.
FY22F FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE RELATIVE TO FY21F
From FY21F to FY22F, revenue is forecast to decrease by
1.6% ($3.1 million) from $189.5 million to $186.4 million.
However, this is an uplift of 21.6% compared to FY20.
This decrease in revenue is largely attributable to a 1.5%
decrease in delivery volumes, driven by the exclusion of the
one-off Q1 FY21F increase in deliveries that was attributable
to New Zealand’s COVID-19 lockdown.
Revenue in Q2 to Q4 FY22F is expected to increase versus
Q2 to Q4 FY21F, driven by underlying growth across the
portfolio, particularly in My Choice Bag and Fresh Start.
Average Order Value is forecast to remain steady year-on-
year at $124.0.
From FY21F to FY22F, pro forma EBITDA is forecast to increase
by 20.2% ($5.8 million) from $28.5 million to $34.2 million.
This is primarily driven by the full year impact of the procurement
cost saving from contracts that were signed in FY21F and the
partial year benefit of those expected to be signed in FY22F,
offset by increased assembly and distribution expenses and
slight increases in marketing and people expenses.
Net Profit After Tax
Net profit after tax (NPAT) is before adjustments for
accounting policy alignment, certain non-recurring or
infrequent items and the impact of the Offer capital structure
which have been adjusted for in calculating pro forma EBITDA
and pro forma NPAT.
The key drivers of the movement in NPAT over the FY18 to
FY22F period include:
• Between FY18 and FY19, and FY19 and FY20, NPAT
increased by $2.3 million and $1.0 million respectively;
driven by the increase in pro forma EBITDA (as noted
above), partly offset by a corresponding increase in
income tax expense;
• Despite pro forma EBITDA being forecast to increase
between FY20 and FY21F, largely driven by Offer costs
of $14.6 million, NPAT is forecast to decrease by $7.4
million in FY21F; and
• Between FY21F and FY22F NPAT is forecast to increase
by $19.3 million due to the forecast increase in pro forma
EBITDA (as noted above), the non-recurrence of FY21
Offer costs of $14.6 million, and a $0.6 million decrease
in finance costs due to the impact of the listed capital
structure. This is partly offset by an increase in income tax
expense.
Dividends
In the Prospective Period the Board intends to declare a
dividend in respect of FY22F, provided the PFI is achieved,
of $16.0 million which represents a dividend pay-out ratio
of approximately 80% of NPAT. It is expected that this will
comprise an interim dividend of $6.4 million (payable
in December 2021) and a final dividend of $9.6 million
(payable in June 2022).
Dividends will be fully imputed to the extent possible and are
expected to be fully imputed in FY22F.
For more information about our dividend policy, including
after the Prospective Period, see Section 6 (Key features of
ordinary shares).
68
Capitalisation and Key Investment Metrics
CAPITALISATION TABLE
Number of Shares being offered185.0 million
Number of Shares on issue
following the Offer242.4 million
Offer Price$1.85 per Share
Implied market capitalisation
1
$448.5 million
Net Debt (including lease
liabilities) / (Cash) on completion
of the Offer
2
$26.1 million
Implied enterprise value
1
$474.6 million
Notes:
1. The implied market capitalisation and implied enterprise
value are calculated on the assumption that 242.4 million
Shares will be on issue immediately following completion
of the Offer.
2. Net debt on completion of the Offer is calculated as term
loans and borrowings less net cash and cash equivalents,
including lease liabilities of $10.0 million, immediately
following the completion of the Offer, and assumes that all
transaction costs are paid before or upon completion of
the Offer.
EXPLANATION OF IMPLIED MARKET CAPITALISATION AND
IMPLIED ENTERPRISE VALUE
Implied market capitalisation is the value of all of the issuer’s
equity securities, as implied by the price of the Shares being
offered. It tells you what the Offerors are proposing that
My Food Bag’s equity is worth.
Implied enterprise value (EV) is a measure of the total value
of the business of My Food Bag, as implied by the price
of the Shares being offered. Implied enterprise value is the
amount that a person would need to pay to acquire all of
My Food Bag’s equity securities and to settle all of My Food
Bag’s borrowings. It is a measure of what the Offerors are
proposing the business of My Food Bag as a whole is worth.
KEY INVESTMENT METRICS FOR THE OFFER
The following key investment metrics are prepared based
on NZ GAAP, as well as certain non-NZ GAAP pro forma
financial information. More information on pro forma
adjustments and reconciliations to information prepared in
accordance with NZ GAAP is available in the Supplementary
Financial Information on the Offer Register.
INVESTMENT METRICFY21F FY22F
Implied enterprise value /
Pro forma EBITDA 16.7x 13.9x
Price / Pro forma
earnings per Share 28.7x 22.4x
Pro forma earnings per
Share $0.06$0.08
Price / Earnings per
Share 585.9x22.4x
Earnings per Share $0.00$0.08
Dividends declared
per Share
1
$0.07
Implied dividend yield -
cash dividend declared3.6%
Implied dividend yield -
gross dividend declared5.0%
Note:
1. The first dividend that will be paid following the
Offer is expected to be the FY22F interim dividend in
December 2021.
69
Section 8
Risks to My Food Bag’s
business and plans
70
This section describes the circumstances that My Food Bag is aware of that
exist or are likely to arise that significantly increase the risk to My Food Bag’s
financial position, financial performance or stated plans. We have outlined
our assessment of the likelihood, nature and potential magnitude of the
impact of the circumstances. These risks are based on the knowledge and
assessment of the Board as at the date of this PDS and it is possible that the
importance of each risk may change or other risks may emerge over time.
Food Safety Risk
What is it?
Our products could contain foreign objects, allergens not properly labelled, harmful bacteria or other
organisms due to receipt of compromised product, incorrect handling of food, including through our
distribution network, or failure to follow food safety procedures.
Why is it significant?
If our products contain foreign objects, allergens not properly labelled, harmful bacteria or other
organisms, it could cause a customer to become unwell or, if detected, could result in product
withdrawal. Further, if there is a disruption to cold chain delivery affecting temperature range, food
that has spoiled could be delivered to customers, which could lead to customers becoming unwell.
Our assessment of
the likelihood,
nature and potential
magnitude of any
impact
We consider the likelihood of there being a food safety incident to be low to moderate given the
strict and thorough procedures we have in place for food handling and safety. We conduct inwards
checks of all ingredients received from suppliers, thorough monitoring of cold chain settings and
procedures, removal of damaged products, recipe card checks, weekly incident registers and review
meetings and quality control standards and checks of products prepared by third party manufacturers
(such as MADE ready-made meals). Many of our arrangements with suppliers entitle us to financial
compensation in the event that we are supplied with compromised product.
We also regularly review and audit our food handling settings to ensure procedures meet the
recommended standards. We maintain a direct line of contact with customers, so that any issues
are immediately identified and remedied by contacting affected customers only.
To avoid mishandling giving rise to incorrect allergen labelling, we have implemented a fully
integrated ERP System. This system means that checks can be undertaken, reducing the risk of
incorrect labelling or ingredient handling which could present risks for those with allergies.
We also have strict supplier standards that our suppliers are required to comply with, including
under our Approved Supplier Programme. The procedures that we enforce greatly mitigate the risk
of foreign objects being found in our products. We audit our suppliers to ensure they are complying
with our high standards. If we find that a supplier is not meeting our standards, we will use another
supplier until these issues are resolved.
A food safety incident could significantly damage our reputation, by impacting customer trust
(particularly if customer health is affected). This could subsequently lead to the loss of customers and
could also result in regulatory consequences (including fines, penalties, loss of licences or temporary
shutdowns of facilities). Depending on the nature and scale of the food safety incident, the potential
magnitude of any food safety incident could be material. Over the last three years, we have not had
a food safety incident that has resulted in any of these consequences.
71
IT and Data Security Risk
What is it?
We rely on various information systems to run our website, mobile apps and business operations
and to store customer data. These systems may suffer a material malfunction, disruption or security
breach.
Why is it significant?
If we were no longer able to access customer data, or operate our website or mobile apps, we may be
unable to communicate with customers and therefore may be unable to fulfil our commitments to them.
If we were no longer able to access operational data or the information systems used for our business
operations were otherwise unavailable, we may be unable to meet our commitments to customers,
suppliers or key stakeholders.
Our assessment of
the likelihood,
nature and potential
magnitude of any
impact
Loss or corruption of information systems is a real risk to any business, but we consider the likelihood
of this occurring to be low given the systems and process that we have put in place to lessen the
likelihood that our business would be subject to or affected by a cyber-attack.
We are in compliance with high standards of data protection and frequently identify and report on
any weaknesses or issues in our existing system.
If a material malfunction, disruption or security breach occurred in respect of our information systems,
we consider that the impact of this on our business would be low because we have implemented
alternative communication channels for our customers, we have good relationships with our suppliers
(that we would be able to work amicably with to ensure any issues are resolved quickly), we have
backup systems in place to ensure data and business continuity is maintained and we do not hold
any customer credit card details.
However, we do consider that the impact of a material cyber-attack would be significant if private
customer data were to become public. This could lead to us facing regulatory investigations and civil
litigation, as well as having a significant reputational impact on our business. Over the last three
years, we have not had an IT or data security incident that has resulted in any of these consequences.
72
Product Assembly Risk
What is it?
Assembly of our meal kits could be disrupted by an event (such as a fire, a power outage or a
serious health and safety incident at one of our assembly centres, a lack of availability of temporary
labour or disruption to delivery of ingredients to our assembly centres).
Why is it significant?
If assembly disruptions cause our products to be late or unable to be delivered to customers, we may
need to refund or credit customers or customers could cancel their subscription.
Our assessment of
the likelihood,
nature and potential
magnitude of any
impact
We consider the likelihood of an assembly centre incident leading to material delays in production,
to be low. This is because our assembly centres are decentralised (one in Christchurch to service
the South Island and two in Auckland to service the North Island) and we have robust systems and
procedures in place intended to prevent any such issue arising. These systems and procedures are
also intended to ensure that if such an issue does arise it is quickly resolved with minimal impact on
our operations or on our customers.
We have a combination of heat and smoke detection systems in our assembly centres to identify fires
before they spread, we have a secondary site available in Auckland giving us the ability to move
and restart a proportion of our operations with relatively low effort (due to the lack of fixed capital
equipment required for assembly to continue). At the assembly centres that utilise ammonia as a
refrigerant, we also have a wind sock and ammonia alarm in place to facilitate staff processes for
managing a potential ammonia leak.
We realise that our assembly centres involve people working around heavy machinery, such as
forklifts. That is why we have a clear health and safety policy and strict procedures in place,
including use of protective equipment, traffic management systems, first aid equipment and
defibrillators and strict rules on personal safety. This has resulted in very few incidents being reported
across our sites in the past few years. We have relationships with a range of temporary labour
suppliers to mitigate against the risk of temporary labour shortages and cost pressures.
An assembly centre incident could have a significant impact on customer trust and if non-operation
was frequent or for an extended period, it could lead to a loss of subscribers. Further, if a serious
health and safety incident did arise, in addition to potentially disrupting an assembly centre, it
could have a reputational impact on our business and result in regulatory consequences (including
fines, penalties or temporary shutdowns of facilities). Over the last three years, we have not had an
assembly centre incident that has resulted in any of these consequences.
Distribution Risk
What is it?
Potential interruptions to our distribution network could occur, including due to a motor vehicle
accident, road closures, weather events or a mechanical breakdown while on route to delivering
our products to our customers, or product could be stolen or damaged.
Why is it significant?
If our products are late or unable to be delivered to customers due to a distribution issue, we may
need to refund or credit customers or customers could cancel their subscription.
Our assessment of
the likelihood,
nature and potential
magnitude of any
impact
We rely on a third party distributor – New Zealand Post – to manage delivery of our products to
customers’ homes. Given the scale of the New Zealand Post network used to deliver our products,
we consider that minor disruptions from time to time are likely, but the likelihood of frequent
widespread delays occurring to be low.
We ensure that appropriate driver training and insurance is in place, prepare buffer bags to cover
damaged or lost orders, have alternative transport providers available at short notice for all main
centres and have alternative sales channels in place.
We recognise the significant impact a lack of reliability could have on our brand, and therefore
have procedures in place to mitigate the impact of any delivery incident to the fullest extent possible.
Over the last three years, we have not had a widespread distribution incident.
73
COVID-19 Business Disruption Risk
What is it?
If an individual at one of our assembly centres tests positive for COVID-19, assembly of our products
may be disrupted. If an individual from one of our suppliers tested positive for COVID-19, we could
be required to withdraw product.
Why is it significant?
Disruption to assembly of our products from one of our assembly centres may mean that we are temporarily
unable to fill some customer orders. Our brand reputation could suffer as a result of a positive COVID-19
test at one of our assembly centres, or a product withdrawal due to a positive COVID-19 test at one of our
suppliers, which could lead to customers suspending or cancelling their subscriptions.
Our assessment of
the likelihood,
nature and potential
magnitude of any
impact
We consider the likelihood of another and more severe community outbreak of COVID-19 to
be moderate, but we are comfortable that the impact of this on our operations would be low.
In particular, given our assembly centres are decentralised, we consider the likelihood of any
widespread disruption to our ability to assemble our products to be low.
Our business of delivering food products to New Zealand homes has been classified by the New
Zealand Government as an essential service, which means that we can continue to operate at all
COVID-19 alert levels. We were able to test the capacity of our operations during the New Zealand
Government’s Alert Level 4 lockdown, where we quickly put in place measures to ensure the health
and safety of all staff and the continued efficiency of operations.
Under Alert Levels 2, 3 and 4, any person entering a My Food Bag assembly site is required to sign
a COVID-19 declaration form, all assembly site workers are provided with protective equipment,
temperature checks are carried out on all staff, pick lines are designed to ensure social distancing is
maintained at all times, once a week assembly sites are disinfected with specialist fog cleaners and
all non-essential office based staff work from home. We have a detailed plan in place (including a
communications plan) to address a scenario where an individual tests positive for COVID-19 at one
of our assembly centres or at one of our suppliers which we believe will minimise the magnitude of
the impact of any such positive test.
Our experience operating under Alert Level 4 means that we are confident that we can work quickly
to re-implement all Government mandated protocols at short notice. Further, as 98% of our meat and
produce for our products is sourced locally, our supply chain remains secure under all Alert Levels.
Competition Risk
What is it?
We operate in the fast growing online food delivery market, a competitive industry, and may need to
adapt our strategy in response to the behaviour of new and existing competitors if they were to cause a
material change in the competitive environment.
Why is it significant?
There are no restrictions on our customers switching to other meal kit or ready-made meal providers.
In order to win market share, competitors may discount their products more aggressively or introduce
new and more compelling products or offers. In addition, new competitors may enter the market,
providing customers with alternatives. In order to respond, we may need to discount our products or
invest in new product development and marketing.
Our assessment of
the likelihood,
nature and potential
magnitude of any
impact
We already operate in a competitive industry and as New Zealand’s longest standing meal kit
provider, have high brand advocacy and experience in adapting our strategy in response to the
actions of competitors. New Zealand’s meal kit industry primarily comprises three key competitors,
My Food Bag, German-based global meal kit delivery company HelloFresh, and New Zealand
meal kit delivery company Woop, although a number of other companies produce meal kit based
bags, ready-made meals, or meat and fresh produce bags. We expect competition in the industry
to continue, from existing and potentially new competitors, although new entrants to the meal
kit market would have challenges in establishing scale across procurement, distribution, product
development and assembly.
74
Our assessment of
the likelihood,
nature and potential
magnitude of any
impact (continued)
We offer a diverse product range and continue to develop new products in response to customer
preferences and continue to improve customer experience. The magnitude of the impact of
competitive behaviour depends on the nature of that behaviour, but could result in customer’s
suspending or cancelling their subscription in favour of a competitor’s products, a need for increased
spend on marketing and other customer incentives or discounting of our products in order to remain
attractive to our customers, resulting in a reduced margin.
Ingredients Risk
What is it?
There is a risk that temporary or sustained market or weather conditions could result in unavailability
or a greater cost in sourcing ingredients for our products.
Why is it significant?
If our meal kits do not satisfy customer needs or are too expensive, then customers may choose to
subscribe to one of our competitors or they may leave the meal kit market all together.
Our assessment of
the likelihood,
nature and potential
magnitude of any
impact
The likelihood of this risk occurring is low, because while we do rely on third party suppliers, we are able to
substitute ingredients, change upcoming menus or seek to pass on sustained price increases to customers.
We consider the magnitude of any temporary impacts is low due to our ability to substitute
ingredients at short notice. The magnitude of any long term impact in these circumstances will
depend on whether a whole market (such as dairy, vegetable or meat) is affected or only a single
product is affected, and the length of time of such impact.
The terms of certain supply agreements between us and key suppliers means that we have limited
ability to respond to changes in supplier price in the short term. However, our current practice is
to substitute products where certain goods can no longer be sourced, and we could do the same
if the price was too high to pass on to customers. We recognise that this could lead to customer
dissatisfaction if the substitution is perceived as inferior, which is why we ensure that appropriate
communications are sent to customers directly if required and we work closely with our Development
Kitchen chefs to ensure that quality and enjoyment is not compromised.
If we are unable to negotiate lower cost products or customers are dissatisfied with substitutes, this
could result in lower margins or a decrease in customer demand. This is why we will continue to
innovate our product range and negotiate more favourable terms with our suppliers.
Brand and Marketing Risk
What is it?
There is a risk that one of our brand ambassadors or promoters (being a person associated with our
brands) could be brought under public scrutiny for their actions (whether in relation to My Food Bag
or otherwise).
Why is it significant?
A negative association with a brand ambassador could bring into question the integrity of our brand
and cause a loss of goodwill and customer trust.
Our assessment of
the likelihood,
nature and potential
magnitude of any
impact
We consider the likelihood of this risk occurring to be low given our long association with many
of our brand ambassadors. Some of our brand ambassadors own shares in My Food Bag, and
therefore their interests and objectives are aligned with ours. We also monitor the content posted by
our brand ambassadors in relation to My Food Bag and would follow up rapidly should we identify
any inappropriate or potentially offensive content.
We consider the impact of this would be moderate, as it is likely that it would affect customer’s trust of
the brand or willingness to associate with the brand (depending on the severity of the circumstances)
leading to customers unsubscribing for our products at least in the short term and therefore a
decrease in customer retention and revenue. Over the last three years, we have not had a brand and
marketing incident that has resulted in any of these consequences on a widespread basis.
75
Section 10
Where you can find
more information
Tax can have significant consequences for investments.
If you have queries relating to the tax consequences
of investing in ordinary shares, you should obtain
professional advice on those consequences.
Section 9
Tax
76
Section 10
Where you can find
more information
77
Further information relating to the Company and the Shares
is available on the Offer Register which can be found at
https://disclose-register.companiesoffice.govt.nz (for example,
the Company’s Constitution and financial statements). A copy
of the information on the Offer Register is available on request
to the Registrar of Financial Service Providers.
Further information relating to the Company is available on
the Companies Office register of the Ministry of Business,
Innovation and Employment. This information can be accessed
on the Companies Office website at https://companies-
register.companiesoffice.govt.nz.
Once the Company is listed, it will be required to make half-
yearly and annual announcements to NZX and ASX and such
other announcements required by the listing rules from time to
time. You will be able to obtain this information free of charge
by searching under ticker code ‘MFB’ on NZX’s website
(www.nzx.com) and ASX’s website (www.asx.com.au).
Section 11
How to apply
You should read this PDS and other available information carefully
before applying for Shares. You can apply for Shares as follows:
• Foodies and Priority Offers: You can apply for Shares under
the Foodies or Priority Offer by completing the relevant
Application Form online at www.myfoodbagshareoffer.
co.nz or at the link provided to you in the case of the
Priority Offer and following the on screen instructions
(you will be required to download a copy of this PDS
as part of the online Application process).
• Broker Firm Offer: You can apply for Shares under the
Broker Firm Offer in accordance with the instructions
provided by your Broker, including as to how you should
make payment for your Shares.
• Institutional Offer: Full details of how to participate,
including bidding instructions, will be provided by the
Joint Lead Managers to invited participants.
Privacy policy
If you apply for Shares, you will be asked to provide personal
information to the Offerors, the Share Registrar and their respective
agents who will collect and hold the personal information provided
by you in connection with your Application.
Details of how your personal information will be used (including
to whom it may be disclosed) and your rights to access and seek
correction to such information can be found on the Offer Register in
the document entitled “Other Material Information”.
You can also access your information on the Share Registrar’s
website www.linkmarketservices.co.nz (you will be required to
enter your CSN (Common Shareholder Number) and Authorisation
Code (FIN)).
78
Offerors
My Food Bag Group Limited and MFB Offeror Limited
56 Parnell Road, Parnell, Auckland
0800 469 366
Share Registrar
Link Market Services Limited
Level 11, Deloitte Centre,
80 Queen Street, Auckland 1010
09 375 5998
Legal Advisor to My Food Bag
Chapman Tripp
Level 34, PwC Tower,
15 Customs Street West, Auckland
09 357 9000
Arranger and Joint Lead Manager
Jarden Securities Limited
Level 32, PwC Tower,
15 Customs Street West, Auckland
09 302 5500
Joint Lead Manager
Craigs Investment Partners Limited
Level 36, Vero Centre,
48 Shortland Street, Auckland
09 919 7400
NZ Lead Manager
Forsyth Barr Limited
Level 23, Lumley Centre,
88 Shortland Street, Auckland
09 368 0000
Investigating Accountant
KPMG
18 Viaduct Harbour Avenue, Auckland
09 367 5800
Financial Adviser
PwC
Level 27, PwC Tower,
15 Customs Street West, Auckland
09 355 8000
79
Section 12
Contact
information
Section 13
Glossary
Active Customers
Acquired Customers, Retained Customers and Reactivated Customers
Acquired Customer
a customer who has ordered from My Food Bag for the first time in the current thirteen week
period who had not previously ordered from My Food Bag, an industry standard definition
Allotment Date
4 March 2021, unless brought forward or extended by My Food Bag
Applicant
an investor who makes an Application
Application
an application to subscribe for Shares under the Offer
Application Form
an application form accompanying this PDS
Application Monies
the amount payable on Application
ASX
ASX Limited, or the financial market operated by ASX Limited, as the context requires
ASX Listing Rules
the listing rules of ASX, in force from time to time
Average Order Value
the average dollar value of an order by a single customer
Board
the board of directors of My Food Bag
Bookbuild
the process arranged by the Joint Lead Managers through which Institutional Investors,
and selected Brokers, will submit bids for the number of Shares they wish to purchase at the
Offer Price
Broker
an entity designated as an NZX Firm under the Participant Rules of NZX
Broker Firm Offer
the portion of the Offer that is open to New Zealand clients of Brokers, who have received an
allocation from a Broker
80
Business Day
a day on which the NZX Main Board is open for trading
Companies Act
Companies Act 1993
Compound Annual Growth Rate
the average year-on-year growth rate of a specified matter over a specified period of time
Constitution
the constitution of My Food Bag
Contribution Margin
is a non-GAAP measure and means gross profit less assembly and distribution expenses,
where:
• gross profit means revenue less cost of goods sold (including costs, freight costs to bring the
ingredients to our assembly centres and direct packaging costs); and
• assembly and distribution means the costs incurred to run our assembly centres and the
distribution costs to deliver the product to our customers.
A reconciliation of Contribution Margin to the GAAP measure of gross margin can be found in
the Supplementary Financial Information
CSN
Common Shareholder Number
Delivery
a shipment of one or multiple bags and/or add-ons to a single address
EBITDA
earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation
Eligible Foodie
a My Food Bag customer, employee, director or other person, in each case selected by My
Food Bag as being eligible to participate in the Foodies Offer and who has a New Zealand
address
ERP System
the enterprise resource planning system utilised by My Food Bag
Existing Shareholder
a registered holder or beneficial owner of Shares on the date of this PDS, as the context requires
F
the inclusion of “F” after a reference to the financial period is an indication that it is a forecast
period
FMCA
Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013
Foodies Offer
the offer of Shares under this PDS to Eligible Foodies.
FY
a financial year ended 31 March, if followed by F this indicates prospective or forecast
information
GAAP
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice
Group
My Food Bag Group Limited and each of its subsidiaries
Historical Period
years ended 31 March 2018, 2019, 2020 and the six months ended 30 September 2020
Institutional Investor
investors who the Joint Lead Managers reasonably believe to be a person to whom an offer or
invitation in respect of Shares may be made without the need for a PDS or other formality, other
than a formality with which the Offerors are willing to comply
Institutional Offer
the invitation to selected Brokers and Institutional Investors in New Zealand, Australia, Hong
Kong and Singapore to participate in the Bookbuild
81
Joint Lead Managers (JLMs)
Jarden Securities Limited together with Craigs Investment Partners Limited
My Food Bag or the Company
My Food Bag Group Limited or the business carried on by the Group, as the context requires
NZD or NZ$ or $
New Zealand Dollar
NZ GAAP
generally accepted accounting practices in New Zealand
NZX
NZX Limited
NZX Listing Rules
the listing rules of the NZX Main Board, in force from time to time
NZX Main Board
the main board financial product market operated by NZX
Offer
the offer of Shares pursuant to the Broker Firm Offer, the Priority Offer, the Foodies Offer and
the Institutional Offer
Offer Register
the online offer register maintained by the Companies Office known as ‘Disclose’ which can
be found at https://disclose-register.companiesoffice.govt.nz
Offerors
My Food Bag and SaleCo
Offer Price
$1.85 per Share
PDS
this document
PFI
prospective financial information
Priority Offer
the offer of Shares under this PDS to Waterman Investors
Prospective Period
years ending 31 March 2021 and 31 March 2022
Reactivated Customer
a customer who has ordered from My Food Bag in the current thirteen week period who had
not previously made a purchase in the last thirteen weeks and had ordered from My Food Bag
in a prior thirteen week period, an industry standard definition
Retained Customer
a customer who has ordered from My Food Bag in the current thirteen week period and who
had previously made a purchase in the last thirteen weeks, an industry standard definition
SaleCo
MFB Offeror Limited
Share Registrar
Link Market Services Limited
Shares
ordinary shares in My Food Bag Group Limited
Supplementary Financial
Information
the document entitled “My Food Bag Group Limited Prospective Financial Information,
reconciliation of non-NZ GAAP information and supplementary financial information”
on the Offer Register
Waterman
Waterman Fund 3 LP
Waterman Investor
any person who was recorded as a holder of a partnership interest in Waterman
as at 31 December 2020 and who has a New Zealand address
We, our, us
as the context requires, either My Food Bag or the Group
82
---
3453-3197-2115, v. 1
MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED (ASX: MFB)
ARBN 646 807 301
(My Food Bag or Company)
PRE-QUOTATION DISCLOSURE
4 March 2021
The following information is provided to ASX Limited (ASX) as a pre-quotation disclosure for release to the
market in connection with:
(a) the ASX foreign exempt listing application lodged by My Food Bag with ASX on 11 February
2021 (ASX Listing); and
(b) the admission of MFB to the official list of ASX and the official quotation of fully paid ordinary
shares (Shares) in My Food Bag on the market operated by ASX on 5 March 2021.
My Food Bag will also be listed on, and My Food Bag’s home exchange will be, the New Zealand Stock
Exchange (NZX), from 5 March 2021 (NZX ticker: MFB).
Capitalised terms not defined in this document have the same meaning given to them in the product
disclosure statement (PDS) issued by My Food Bag, and registered with the New Zealand Registrar of
Financial Services Providers and lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, both
on 11 February 2021, a copy of which has been lodged with ASX alongside this statement.
1. Basis of allocation and procedures for determining allocations
The initial public offering of Shares in the Company (Offer) closed on 26 February 2021. My Food Bag
reserved the right to accept late Applications (either generally or in individual cases).
The allocation for each component of the Offer was as follows:
(a) Institutional Offer: In conjunction with the Joint Lead Managers (Jarden Securities Limited
together with Craigs Investment Partners Limited) the Company invited selected Brokers and
Institutional Investors in New Zealand, Australia, Hong Kong and Singapore to bid for Shares
via a Bookbuild. The Joint Lead Managers advised successful Applicants in the Institutional
Offer of their allocations on 19 February 2021.
(b) Broker Firm Offer: For Broker Firm Offer participants, it was a matter for the Brokers as to
how they allocated Shares among their New Zealand resident clients.
(c) Foodies Offer: Available only to a My Food Bag customer, employee, director or other
person, in each case selected by My Food Bag as being eligible to participate in the Foodies
Offer and who has a New Zealand address.
(d) Priority Offer: Available only to any person who was recorded as a holder of a partnership
interest in Waterman Fund 3 LP as at 31 December 2020 and who has a New Zealand
address.
The Company’s share registrar, Link Market Services Limited, will despatch notices and holding statements
to successful Applicants on 4 March 2021 (ASX settlement) and 8 March 2021 (NZX settlement). If
Applicants under the Priority Offer and the Foodies Offer would like to find out if their Application was
successful and confirm their allocation, they should contact the Company’s share registrar, Link Market
Services Limited, on +64 (9) 375 5998. Applicants under the Broker Firm Offer may confirm their
allocations by contacting their respective Broker.
3453-3197-2115, v. 1
It is the responsibility of each Applicant to confirm their holding before trading in Shares. Applicants who
sell Shares before they receive an initial holding statement do so at their own risk. Neither the Company
nor Link Market Services Limited accept any liability, whether in negligence or otherwise, if any Applicant
sells Shares before receiving a holding statement, even if they obtained details of their holding through
their Broker.
2. Number of Shares issued or transferred
My Food Bag issued, and MFB Offeror Limited transferred, a total of 182,352,840 Shares to Applicants
under the Offer on 4 March 2021 at an issue price and sale price of NZ$1.85.
The number of Shares issued or transferred under the Offer, and the total number of Shares on issue at
listing on ASX, is as follows:
Component Number of Shares Gross proceeds
realised
Number of new shares issued by My Food Bag 29,644,024 NZ$54,841,444.40
Number of shares sold by selling shareholders via
MFB Offeror Limited
152,708,816 NZ$282,511,309.60
Total Shares issued or transferred under the
Offer
182,352,840 NZ$337,352,754.00
Shares already on issue pre-completion of the
Offer
212,793,500 -
Total Shares on issue on listing on ASX 242,437,524 -
3. Despatch of holding statements
The Company confirms that the Company’s share registrar, Link Market Services Limited has despatched
CHESS holding notices (for those holdings held on the CHESS sub-register) and issuer sponsored
holdings statements (for all other holdings) to all Applicants settling on ASX on 4 March 2021.
If applicable, refunds will be made as soon as practicable thereafter in accordance with applicable law.
4. Statement of the 20 largest shareholders
Set out below is a statement of the 20 largest holders of ordinary shares, being the only class of securities
of the Company to be quoted, and the number and percentage of Shares to be held by those holders.
No Shareholder Shares % of Shares
1.
New Zealand Central Securities
Depositary Limited
81,349,951 33.56%
2.
Waterman Fund 3 LP
38,165,965 15.74%
3.
Forsyth Barr Limited
11,286,527 4.66%
4.
Jarden Securities Limited
8,872,407 3.66%
3453-3197-2115, v. 1
No Shareholder Shares % of Shares
5.
Cecilia Charlotte L Robinson & James
Charles Robinson & Heimsath
Alexander Trustee Ltd <APL Holdings
A/C>
7,430,258 3.06%
6.
Theresa Elizabeth Gattung & Philippa
Mary Greenwood <Theresa Gattung
Investment A/C>
6,825,158 2.82%
7.
JP Morgan Nominees Australia Pty
Limited
6,471,215 2.67%
8.
Custodial Services Limited <4 A/C>
5,583,439 2.30%
9.
National Nominees Limited
4,056,602 1.67%
10.
Carlos Edward James Bagrie & Covisory
Trust Limited & JKA Holdings Limited
<Bagrie Lim Family A/C>
3,775,639 1.56%
11.
Custodial Services Limited <3 A/C>
3,564,953 1.47%
12.
Leveraged Equities Finance Limited
3,342,702 1.38%
13.
Craigs Investment Partners Limited
3,104,581 1.28%
14.
JB Were (NZ) Nominees Limited <NZ
Resident A/C>
3,018,995 1.25%
15.
New Zealand Depositary Nominee <1
A/C>
2,167,162 0.89%
16.
Neville Charles Goldie & Colin John
McEwan & Kevin John Roberts <Red
Rose A/C>
2,047,152 0.84%
17.
Hobson Wealth Partners Limited
1,946,649 0.80%
18.
Custodial Services Limited <2 A/C>
1,935,100 0.80%
19.
FNZ Custodians Limited
1,723,528 0.71%
20.
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited
1,601,153 0.66%
Top 20 holders of Shares
198,269,136 81.78%
Balance of Shares
44,168,388 18.22%
Total Shares on issue
242,437,524 100%
3453-3197-2115, v. 1
5. Distribution schedule of shareholders
Set out below is an indicative statement setting out the total number of shareholders and the number of
shareholders by shareholding category.
Range Holders Shares % of Shares
1 – 1,000
2,785 1,469,113 0.61%
1,001 –5,000
2,000 5,202,026 2.15%
5,001 – 10,000
532 3,949,411 1.63%
10,001 – 100,000
413 10,814,362 4.46%
100,001 and over
82 221,002,612 91.16%
Total
5,812 242,437,524 100%
---
100421558/8194854.3 1
Constitution of My
Food Bag Group
Limited
CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 2
CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
INTERPRETATION
1 Defined terms
1.1 In this constitution the following expressions have the following meanings:
Act means the Companies Act 1993;
Company means My Food Bag Group Limited;
constitution means this constitution as it may be altered from time to time in
accordance with the Act;
Director means a person appointed as a director of the Company in accordance with
this constitution;
NZX means NZX Limited, its successors and assigns and, as the context permits,
includes any duly authorised delegate of NZX;
Rules means the Listing Rules applying to the NZX Main Board (or any successor to
that market) as altered from time to time by NZX;
Share means a share in the Company; and
written or in writing in relation to words, figures and symbols includes all modes of
presenting or reproducing those words, figures and symbols in a tangible and visible
form.
1.2 Subject to clause 1.1, expressions:
(a) which are defined in the Rules (whether or not expressed with an initial
capital letter) have the meanings given by the Rules.
(b) which are defined in the Act (whether generally or for the purposes of one or
more particular provisions) have the meanings given to them by the Act.
Where an expression is defined in the Act more than once and in different
contexts, its meaning will be governed by the context in which it appears in
this constitution.
2 Construction
In this constitution:
2.1 headings appear as a matter of convenience and do not affect the
interpretation of this constitution;
2.2 the singular includes the plural and vice versa, and words importing one
gender include the other genders;
CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 3
2.3 a reference to an enactment or any regulations is a reference to that
enactment or those regulations as amended, or to any enactment or
regulations substituted for that enactment or those regulations;
2.4 a reference to a Rule or the Rules includes that Rule or the Rules as from time
to time amended or substituted;
2.5 a reference to permitted by the Act or permitted by the Rules means not
prohibited by the Act or not prohibited by the Rules;
2.6 the Schedules form part of this constitution.
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN CONSTITUTION AND RULES
3 Incorporation of Rules while listed by NZX
For so long as the Company is listed by NZX:
3.1 this constitution is deemed to incorporate all provisions of the Rules required
under the Rules to be contained or incorporated by reference in this
constitution, as those provisions apply from time to time (and as modified by
any waiver or ruling relevant to the Company);
3.2 shareholders must not cast a vote if prohibited from doing so by the Rules;
3.3 Directors must not cast a vote if prohibited from doing so by the Rules.
4 NZX waivers or rulings
If NZX has granted a waiver or ruling in relation to the Company authorising any act
or omission which in the absence of that waiver or ruling would be in contravention
of the Rules or this constitution that act or omission will, unless a contrary intention
appears in this constitution, be deemed to be authorised by the Rules and by this
constitution.
5 Failure to comply with Rules has limited effect in some cases
Any failure to comply with:
5.1 the Rules, or
5.2 a clause of this constitution corresponding with a provision of the Rules
(whether such provision is set out in full in this constitution or incorporated in
it pursuant to clause 3),
by the Company or shareholders does not affect the validity or enforceability of any
transaction, contract, action, decision or vote taken at a meeting of Equity Security
holders or other matter entered into by, or affecting, the Company, except that a
party to a transaction or contract who knew of the non-compliance is not entitled to
enforce that transaction or contract. This clause does not limit the rights of Equity
Security holders against the Company or the Directors.
CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 4
6 Company must comply with Rules while listed
6.1 For so long as the Company is listed by NZX, the Company must comply with the
Rules. Subject to clause 4, if this constitution contains any provision inconsistent
with the Rules, then the Rules prevail.
6.2 To the extent that any provision of this constitution is expressed as being subject to
the Rules or requires compliance with the Rules, such provision will only be subject
to, or require compliance with, the Rules for so long as the Company is listed.
SHARES AND SHAREHOLDERS
7 Board need not comply with statutory pre-emptive rights
Section 45 of the Act does not apply to the Company.
8 Further issues of Shares do not affect rights of existing shareholders
Subject to this constitution, the Board may issue Shares that rank as to voting or
distribution rights, or both, equally with or in priority to any existing Shares. Any
such issue will not be treated as an action affecting the rights attached to those
existing Shares unless the terms of issue of those Shares expressly provide
otherwise.
9 Consolidation and subdivision
The Board may:
9.1 consolidate and divide Shares or any class of Shares in proportion to those
Shares or the Shares in that class; or
9.2 subdivide Shares or any class of Shares in proportion to those Shares or the
Shares in that class.
10 Share register may be divided
The Share register may be divided into 2 or more registers kept in different places.
11 Record date for shareholder voting
The Board may determine in a notice of meeting for the purpose of voting at that
meeting that those registered shareholders as at 5 p.m. on a day not more than
2 working days before the meeting will be the only persons entitled to exercise the
right to vote at that meeting.
12 Registration of separate parcels
A shareholder or a transferee may request the Company to register the Shares held
by that person in two or more separately identifiable parcels. Where the Company
agrees to such a request, the Company may, so far as it considers convenient,
communicate with the shareholder, pay dividends and otherwise act in respect of
such parcel, as if the separately identifiable parcels belonged to different persons.
13 Board may refuse or delay transfer
The Board may in its absolute discretion refuse or delay the registration of any
transfer of Shares (subject to their terms of issue) if permitted to do so by the Act
or the Rules.
CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 5
14 Compulsory sale of less than Minimum Holdings
14.1 The Company may at any time give notice to a shareholder holding less than a
Minimum Holding (as defined in the Rules) that if, at the expiration of 3 months
after the date the notice is given, Shares then registered in the name of the
shareholder are less than a Minimum Holding the Company may sell those Shares on
market (including through a broker acting on the Company’s behalf).
14.2 The Board may authorise the transfer of the Shares sold by the Company under this
clause 14 and the shareholder is deemed to have authorised the Company to act on
behalf of the shareholder and to sign all necessary documents relating to the sale.
The purchaser of Shares sold by the Company under this clause 14 shall have no
obligation to ensure the proceeds of the sale of those Shares is applied in
accordance with this clause 14, nor shall the title to the Shares be affected by any
irregularity or invalidity in the procedures under this constitution relating to the sale.
The remedy of any person aggrieved by the sale is in damages only and against the
Company exclusively.
14.3 The proceeds of the sale of any Shares sold under this clause must be applied as
follows:
(a) first, in payment of any reasonable sale expenses.
(b) second, in satisfaction of any unpaid calls or any other amounts owing to the
Company in respect of the Shares.
(c) the residue, if any, must be paid to the person who was the holder
immediately before the sale or his or her executors, administrators or assigns.
14.4 A certificate, signed by a Director that records that a power of sale under this clause
has arisen and is exercisable by the Company is conclusive evidence of the facts
stated in that certificate.
15 Board may make calls on Shares
The Board may make calls on any shareholder for any money that is unpaid on that
shareholder’s Shares and not otherwise payable at a specified time or times under
this constitution or the terms of issue of those Shares or any contract for the issue
of those Shares. The First Schedule governs calls on Shares.
16 Forfeiture of Shares where calls or other amounts unpaid
The Board may exercise the rights set out in the First Schedule for forfeiture of any
Shares if the holder of those Shares fails to pay:
16.1 a call, or an instalment of a call, on those Shares; or
16.2 any amount that is payable under this constitution or the terms of issue of
those Shares or any contract for the issue of the Shares.
17 Company’s lien
The Company has a lien on Shares and dividends in respect of such Shares on the
terms set out in the First Schedule.
CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 6
18 Company may acquire and hold Shares
Subject to this constitution and the Rules, the Company may:
18.1 purchase or otherwise acquire Shares issued by the Company and may hold
Shares as treasury stock; and
18.2 make an offer to one or more holders of Shares to acquire Shares issued by
the Company in such number or proportions as it thinks fit,
in accordance with the Act and the Rules.
19 Company may issue and redeem Shares
Subject to this constitution and the Rules, the Company may:
19.1 issue or redeem redeemable Shares; and
19.2 exercise an option to redeem redeemable Shares issued by the Company in
relation to one or more holders of redeemable Shares,
in accordance with the Act and the Rules.
20 Board deductions from distribution
The Board may, at its discretion, deduct from any dividend or other distribution
payable to a shareholder any amount owed by the shareholder to the Company in
respect of which the Company has a lien over the specific Shares on which the
dividend or other distribution is payable. The Board must deduct from any dividend
or other distribution payable to any shareholder any amount it is required by law to
deduct, including withholding and other taxes.
21 Distributions do not bear interest
No dividend or other distribution shall bear interest against the Company unless the
applicable terms of issue expressly provide otherwise.
22 Unclaimed moneys
All dividends and other distributions unclaimed for one year after the due date for
payment may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Board for the benefit of
the Company until claimed. The Company shall be entitled to mingle the distribution
with other money of the Company and shall not be required to hold it or to regard it
as being impressed with any trust but, subject to compliance with the solvency test,
shall pay the distribution to the person producing evidence of entitlement.
23 Proceedings at meetings of shareholders and interest groups
The Second Schedule governs the proceedings at meetings of shareholders. The
Second Schedule also governs the proceedings of meetings of any interest group
required to be held by the Act, the Rules, or this constitution, with all necessary
consequential modifications, except that the quorum shall be the members of the
interest group holding 5% or more of the total number of Shares held by all
members of that group having the right to vote at the meeting.
CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 7
DIRECTORS
24 Composition
The Company shall comply with the minimum Board composition requirements of
the Rules.
25 Appointment of Directors
25.1 Any natural person who is not disqualified under the Act and, if required under the
Rules, who has been nominated within the time limits under the Rules, may be
appointed as a Director by an ordinary resolution of shareholders.
25.2 The Board may appoint any person who is not disqualified under the Act to be a
Director to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing Directors. Any Director
appointed under this clause (including any person who subsequent to his or her
appointment as a Director becomes an executive Director) may hold office only until
the next annual meeting, and is then eligible for election.
25.3 The persons holding office as directors of the Company on adoption of this
constitution continue in office and are deemed to have been appointed as Directors
pursuant to this constitution. Similarly the chairperson of the Board continues in
office and is deemed to have been appointed as chairperson pursuant to this
constitution.
26 Rotation of Directors
26.1 Each Director shall retire from office when required to do so by the Rules, but,
subject to the Rules, shall be eligible for re-election (including at any meeting at
which the Director retires).
26.2 A Director retiring at a meeting of shareholders continues to hold office:
(a) until he or she is re-elected; or
(b) if he or she is not re-elected, until the end of the meeting of shareholders at
which he or she retires (or any adjournment of that meeting).
27 No shareholding qualification for Directors
There is no shareholding qualification for Directors.
28 Election of chairperson of the Board and term of office
28.1 The Directors may elect one of their number as chairperson and, if they so
determine a deputy chairperson, of the Board.
28.2 The chairperson of the Board and, if one has been elected, the deputy chairperson of
the Board holds that office until he or she vacates that office or the Directors elect a
chairperson or deputy chairperson (as the case may be) in his or her place.
29 Office of Director vacated in certain cases
The office of Director is vacated if the person holding that office:
29.1 dies;
CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 8
29.2 is absent from 3 consecutive meetings of the Board without leave being
granted by a resolution of the Board and the Board resolves that the Director
has vacated office;
29.3 becomes disqualified from being a director pursuant to the Act; or
29.4 retires from office and is not re-elected.
30 Meetings of the Board
The Third Schedule governs the proceedings at meetings of the Board, except where
otherwise agreed by all Directors in relation to a particular meeting or meetings.
The third schedule to the Act does not apply to proceedings of the Board.
31 Written resolutions of Board permitted
A written resolution signed or assented to by a majority of the Directors then
entitled to receive notice of a meeting of the Board and who together would
constitute a quorum at a meeting is as valid and effective as if it had been passed at
a meeting of the Board duly convened and held. Within 5 working days of a
resolution being passed in accordance with this clause, the Company must send a
copy of the resolution to every Director who did not sign the resolution or on whose
behalf the resolution was not signed.
32 Written resolutions may be in counterparts
Any written resolution may consist of several copies of the resolution, each signed or
assented to by one or more of the Directors. A copy of a written resolution, which
has been signed and is sent by email or any similar means of communication
(including PDF counterparts), will satisfy the requirements of this clause.
33 Board delegates to comply with regulations
In exercising the Board’s delegated powers, any committee of Directors, Director,
employee, or any other person must comply with any regulations that the Board
may impose.
34 Committee proceedings
The provisions of this constitution relating to meetings and proceedings of the Board
also apply to meetings and proceedings of any committee of Directors, except to the
extent the Board determines otherwise.
35 Reimbursement of expenses
A Director may be reimbursed for reasonable travelling, accommodation and other
expenses incurred in the course of performing duties or exercising powers as a
Director without requiring the prior approval of shareholders.
36 Directors may appoint and remove alternate Directors
Every Director may:
36.1 appoint any person who is not a Director and is not disqualified by the Act or
this constitution from being a Director, and whose appointment has been
approved in writing by a majority of the other Directors, to act as an alternate
Director in his or her place either for a specified period, or generally during
the absence or inability to act from time to time of such Director; and
CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 9
36.2 remove his or her alternate Director from that office,
by giving written notice to that effect to the Company. A majority of the other
Directors may similarly remove an alternate of a Director from that office.
37 Alternate Director has powers of appointer
While acting in the place of the Director who appointed him or her, an alternate
Director:
37.1 has, and may exercise and discharge, all the powers, rights, duties and
privileges of that Director (including the right to receive notice of, be counted
as part of the quorum of, and participate in a meeting, of the Board, and to
sign any document, including a written resolution, and to act as chairperson
of the Board, but excluding the right to appoint an alternate Director);
37.2 is also subject to the same terms and conditions of appointment as that
Director, except that he or she is not entitled to receive remuneration other
than such proportion (if any) of the remuneration otherwise payable to his or
her appointer as the appointer may direct by notice in writing to the
Company.
38 Termination of appointment of alternate Director
The appointment of an alternate Director terminates automatically if the Director
who appointed him or her ceases to be a Director or if an event occurs which would
cause him or her to vacate office if he or she were a Director. A Director retiring by
rotation and being re-elected is not to be treated as having ceased to be a Director
for the purposes of this clause.
GENERAL
39 Company indemnification of directors and employees for certain liabilities
The Company shall indemnify a director of the Company, and may indemnify an
employee of the Company or a director or employee of a related company, for any
liability or costs for which a director or employee may be indemnified under the Act.
The Board may determine the terms and conditions of such an indemnity.
40 Company may effect insurance for directors and employees
The Company may, with the prior approval of the Board, effect insurance for a
director or employee of the Company or a related company for any liability or costs
for which a company may effect insurance for a director or employee under the Act.
The Board may determine the amounts and the terms and conditions of any such
insurance.
41 Manner of execution of deeds
An obligation which, if entered into by a natural person, would, by law, be required
to be by deed, may be entered into on behalf of the Company in writing signed
under the name of the Company by a Director, or any other person authorised by
the Board, whose signature must be witnessed, or as otherwise permitted by the
Act.
CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 10
42 Distribution of surplus assets in kind
If the Company is liquidated the liquidator may, with the approval of shareholders
by special resolution, but subject to any other sanction required by the Act:
42.1 divide among the shareholders in kind the whole or any part of the surplus
assets of the Company and for that purpose the liquidator may:
(a) fix such values for surplus assets as the liquidator considers to be
appropriate, and
(b) determine how the division will be carried out as between shareholders
or different classes of shareholder;
and
42.2 vest the whole or any part of any such surplus assets in trustees upon such
trusts for the benefit of such of those shareholders as the liquidator thinks fit,
but so that no shareholder is compelled to accept any shares or other securities on
which there is any liability.
CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 11
FIRST SCHEDULE: CALLS, FORFEITURE AND LIENS
INTERPRETATION
1 Construction
Unless stated otherwise, references to clauses are references to clauses in this
Schedule.
CALLS ON SHARES
2 Shareholders must pay calls
Every shareholder on receiving at least 10 working days’ notice specifying the time
or times and the place of payment must pay, in accordance with that notice, the
amount called to be paid in respect of any Shares that shareholder holds. The Board
may revoke or postpone a call, or require a call to be paid by instalments.
3 Call made when Board resolution passed
A call is regarded as having been made at the time when the Board resolution
authorising the call was passed.
4 Joint holders are jointly and severally liable
The joint holders of a Share are jointly and severally liable to pay all calls for that
Share.
5 Unpaid calls will accrue interest
If an amount called is not paid in full at the time specified for payment, the person
from whom the amount is due must pay the Company interest on the amount that
remains unpaid at a rate determined by the Board and calculated from the time
specified for payment until the day of actual payment. Subject to the Rules, the
Board may waive some or all of the payment of that interest.
6 Amounts payable under terms of issue treated as calls
Any amount that becomes payable on issue or at any specified date under this
constitution or under the terms of issue of Shares or under a contract for the issue
of Shares, will be regarded as being a call duly made and payable on the specified
date. If the payment is not made, the relevant provisions of this constitution will
apply as if the amount had become payable by virtue of a call made in accordance
with this constitution.
7 Board may differentiate between shareholders as to calls
On the issue of Shares, the Board may differentiate between shareholders as to the
amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment.
8 Board may accept payment in advance for calls
8.1 Where a shareholder is willing to advance some or all of the money unpaid and
uncalled on any Share of that shareholder, the Board may accept the amount
advanced on the Company’s behalf. The Board may pay interest on that amount at
a rate agreed between the Board and that shareholder for the period between the
date that the amount is accepted and the date that the amount becomes payable
pursuant to a call or the date specified for its payment.
CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 12
8.2 The Board may at any time repay to any shareholder the whole or any portion of
any money so advanced upon giving that holder at least 10 working days’ notice in
writing and as from the date of such repayment interest (if any) shall cease to
accrue on the money so repaid.
8.3 A shareholder is not entitled as of right to any payment of interest on any amount so
paid in advance and the Board may decline to pay any interest. Any amount so paid
in advance must not be taken into account in ascertaining the amount of any
dividend or other distribution payable upon the Shares concerned.
FORFEITURE OF SHARES
9 Board may by notice require forfeiture of Shares if calls unpaid
The Board may during the time that a call, instalment, or other amount remains
unpaid on a Share, serve a notice on the holder of that Share requiring payment of
the unpaid call, instalment, or other amount, together with any accrued interest and
any expenses incurred by the Company by reason of non-payment.
10 Notice of forfeiture must satisfy certain requirements
The notice served on a shareholder under clause 9 must specify a date not earlier
than 10 working days after the date the notice is served by which the payment is to
be made. The notice must also state that in the event of non-payment by the
appointed time, the Shares to which the call, instalment, or other amount relates,
will be liable to be forfeited by the shareholder.
11 Failure to comply with notice may lead to forfeiture
Where a valid notice under clause 9 is served on a shareholder and the shareholder
fails to comply with the notice, then the Board may resolve that any Share for which
that notice was given and all distributions authorised and not paid before the notice
was served be forfeited.
12 Board may deal with forfeited Share
A forfeited Share may be sold or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such
manner as the Board thinks fit. However, the Board may cancel the forfeiture at
any time before the sale or other disposition on such terms as the Board thinks fit if
the call, instalment or other amount which remains unpaid on the Share is paid.
13 Shareholder whose Shares are forfeited loses rights
A person whose Shares have been forfeited immediately ceases to be a shareholder
in respect of those Shares notwithstanding any other provision of this constitution,
and remains liable to pay the unpaid amount that the shareholder owes the
Company, but that liability shall cease if the Company receives payment in full of all
money owing for those Shares.
14 Evidence of forfeiture
A certificate signed by a Director that a Share has been duly forfeited on a stated
date is conclusive evidence of the facts stated in that certificate.
15 Company may sell forfeited Share
The Company may receive the consideration, if any, given for a forfeited Share
following a sale or disposition, and may execute a transfer of the Share in favour of
CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 13
the person to whom the Share is sold or disposed of, and register that person as the
holder of the Share. That person is not bound to see to the application of the
purchase money, if any, nor is the title to the Share affected by any irregularity or
invalidity in the procedures under this constitution in respect of the forfeiture, sale
or disposal of that Share. Any residue after satisfaction of unpaid calls, instalments,
premiums or other amounts and interest, and expenses, shall be paid to the
previous holder, or to his or her executors, administrators or assigns.
LIEN ON SHARES
16 Company’s lien
The Company has a lien, ranking in priority over all other equities, on:
16.1 all Shares registered in the name of a shareholder; and
16.2 all dividends authorised in respect of such Shares; and
16.3 the proceeds of sale of such Shares,
for:
16.4 unpaid calls and instalments payable in respect of any such Shares; and
16.5 interest on any such calls or instalments; and
16.6 sale expenses owing to the Company in respect of any such Shares; and
16.7 any amounts that the Company may be called on to pay under any statute,
regulation, ordinance or other legislation in respect of the Shares of that
shareholder, whether the period for payment has arrived or not.
17 Waiver of lien
Registration of a transfer of Shares on which the Company has any lien will operate
as a waiver of the lien, unless the Company gives notice to the contrary to the
transferee prior to registration.
18 Company may sell Share on which it has a lien
The Company may sell a Share on which it has a lien in such manner as the Board
thinks fit, where:
18.1 the lien on the Share is for a sum which is presently payable; and
18.2 the registered holder of the Share, or the person entitled to it on his or her
death or bankruptcy, has failed to pay that sum within 10 working days after
the Company has served that registered holder written notice demanding
payment of that sum.
19 Company may transfer Share and apply proceeds
19.1 The Company may receive the consideration given for a Share sold under clause 18,
and may execute a transfer of the Share in favour of the person to whom the Share
CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 14
is sold, and register that person as the holder of the Share discharged from all calls
due prior to the purchase.
19.2 The purchaser is not bound to see to the application of the purchase money, and the
purchaser’s title to the Share is not affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the
proceedings relating to the sale. The remedy of any person aggrieved by the sale
shall be in damages only and against the Company exclusively.
19.3 The Company must apply the sale proceeds in payment of the sum presently
payable on the lien, and the balance, if any, shall (subject to a like lien for sums not
presently payable that existed upon the Share before the sale) be paid to the person
who held the Share immediately before the date of sale or to his or her executors,
administrators or assigns.
CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 15
SECOND SCHEDULE: PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
INTERPRETATION
1 Construction
1.1 This Schedule is to be read together with Schedule 1 of the Act.
1.2 Unless stated otherwise, references to clauses are references to clauses in this
Schedule.
1.3 A reference in this Schedule to a shareholder present at a meeting or entitled to
vote at a meeting includes a reference to a proxy of a shareholder, a representative
of a corporate shareholder, an attorney of a shareholder, and any person who may
lawfully act on behalf of a shareholder.
QUORUM
2 Quorum for shareholders’ meeting
A quorum for a meeting of shareholders is present if 3 or more shareholders are
present having the right to vote at the meeting.
CHAIRPERSON
3 Chairperson of Board to be chairperson of meeting
The chairperson of the Board, if one has been elected by the Directors and is present
at a meeting of shareholders, will chair the meeting.
4 Directors may elect chairperson if chairperson of Board not available
If no chairperson of the Board has been elected or, if at any meeting of shareholders
the chairperson of the Board is not present within 15 minutes of the time appointed
for the commencement of the meeting or is unwilling to act, the deputy chairperson
of the Board (if any) shall be the chairperson, or failing him or her, the Directors
present may elect one of their number to be chairperson of the meeting.
5 As a last resort shareholders may elect chairperson
If at any meeting of shareholders, no Director is willing to act as chairperson or if no
Director is present within 15 minutes of the time appointed for the commencement
of the meeting, the shareholders present may elect one of their number to be
chairperson of the meeting.
6 Chairperson’s power to adjourn meeting
The chairperson of a meeting at which a quorum is present:
6.1 may adjourn the meeting with the consent of the shareholders present who
are entitled to attend and vote at that meeting; and
6.2 must adjourn the meeting if directed by the meeting to do so.
The only business that may be transacted at any adjourned meeting is the business
left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.
CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 16
7 Chairperson may dissolve or adjourn unruly meetings
The chairperson may adjourn or dissolve the meeting if in his or her opinion the
meeting has become so unruly, disorderly or inordinately protracted, that the
business of the meeting cannot be conducted in a proper and orderly manner. The
chairperson may exercise this power without the consent of the meeting and without
giving reasons.
8 Dissolved meetings - unfinished business
If the chairperson proposes to dissolve a meeting pursuant to clause 7, and there is
any item of unfinished business of the meeting which in his or her opinion requires
to be voted upon, then that item shall be dealt with by the chairperson directing it to
be put to the vote by a poll without further discussion.
VOTING
9 Chairperson not allowed casting vote
In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands, voice vote or on a
poll, the chairperson does not have a casting vote.
POLLS
10 Voting at meetings to be by poll
As required by the Rules, all voting at meetings of shareholders must be conducted
by a poll.
11 Time at which polls to be taken
A poll demanded on the election of a chairperson of a meeting or on a question of
adjournment must be taken immediately. A poll demanded on any other question is
to be taken at such time as the chairperson of the meeting directs. The meeting
may proceed to deal with any business other than that upon which a poll has been
demanded pending the taking of the poll.
12 Declaration of poll result
12.1 The chairperson of the meeting may declare the result of a poll either at or after the
meeting, and when the outcome of the poll is known, may do so regardless of
whether all votes have been counted.
12.2 The result of a poll declared by the chairperson of the meeting will be treated as the
resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded on the issue for which the
poll was taken.
PROXIES
13 Form of notice of proxy
13.1 A notice appointing a proxy shall be in such form as the Board may direct.
14 Vote by proxy valid where no notification before meeting of disqualified
proxy
Where:
14.1 the shareholder has died or become incapacitated; or
CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 17
14.2 the proxy, or the authority under which the proxy was executed, has been
revoked; or
14.3 the Share in respect of which the notice of proxy is given has been
transferred,
before a meeting at which a proxy exercises a vote in terms of a notice of proxy but
the Company does not receive written notice of that death, incapacity, revocation, or
transfer before the start of the meeting, the vote of the proxy is valid.
POSTAL VOTES
15 Postal votes permitted at Board’s option
15.1 A shareholder may exercise the right to vote at a meeting by casting a postal vote
only if the Board, prior to the giving of notice of a meeting, has so determined and,
if the Board so determines, the provisions of clause 7 of the first schedule to the Act
shall apply. To avoid doubt, a postal vote may be cast using electronic means
permitted by the Board.
OTHER PROCEEDINGS
16 Chairperson may regulate other proceedings
Except as provided in Schedule 1 of the Act as modified by this Schedule, the
chairperson of a meeting of shareholders may regulate the proceedings at the
meeting.
CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 18
THIRD SCHEDULE: PROCEEDINGS OF THE BOARD
NOTICE OF MEETING
1 Director’s power to convene meetings
A Director, or any other person at the request of a Director, may convene a meeting
of the Board by giving notice in accordance with this Schedule.
2 Notice to be sent to Director’s address
The notice of meeting must be a written notice delivered by hand to the Director, or
sent to the address, or an electronic mail message sent to the electronic mail
address, which the Director provides to the Company for that purpose, or if an
address or electronic mail address, is not provided, then a written notice to his or
her last place of employment or residence known to the Company.
3 Notice to contain certain details
The notice of meeting must include the date, time and place of the meeting and the
matters to be discussed.
4 Period of notice required to be given to Directors
At least two days’ notice of a meeting of the Board must be given unless the
chairperson (or, in the chairperson's absence from New Zealand, the deputy
chairperson (if any), and in the deputy chairperson’s absence, any other Director)
believes it is necessary to convene a meeting of the Board as a matter of urgency, in
which case shorter notice of the meeting of the Board may be given, so long as at
least two hours’ notice is given. Any such shorter notice may be given by telephone
communication to each Director at the telephone number provided to the company
by each Director provided that written notice shall be given to the Directors within
the shorter notice period where it is practicable to do so.
5 Absent Directors
If a Director, who is for the time being absent from New Zealand, supplies the
Company with an electronic mail address to which notices are to be sent during his
or her absence, then notice must be given to that Director. Otherwise notice need
not be given to any Director for the time being absent from New Zealand. However,
if he or she has an alternate Director who is in New Zealand, then notice must be
given to that person.
6 Directors may waive irregularities in notice
Any irregularity in the notice of a meeting, or failure to comply with clauses 1 to 5 of
this Schedule is waived if all Directors entitled to receive notice of the meeting
attend the meeting without protest as to the irregularity or failure, or if all Directors
entitled to receive notice of the meeting agree to the waiver.
MEETING AND QUORUM
7 Methods of holding meetings
A meeting of the Board may be held:
7.1 by a number of Directors who constitute a quorum, being assembled together
at the place, date and time appointed for the meeting;
CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 19
7.2 by means of audio, or audio and visual, communication by which all Directors
participating and constituting a quorum can simultaneously hear each other
throughout the meeting; or
7.3 by a combination of the methods described in clauses 7.1 and 7.2 of this
Schedule.
8 Quorum for Board meeting
Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the quorum necessary for the
transaction of business at a meeting of the Board is a majority of the Directors. No
business may be transacted at a meeting of the Board unless a quorum is present.
9 Meeting adjourned if no quorum
If a quorum is not present within 30 minutes after the time appointed for a meeting
of the Board, the chairperson will adjourn the meeting to a specified day, time and
place, the day being within the next 2 days. If no such adjournment is made the
meeting will be adjourned automatically until the following working day/the same
day in the following week at the same time and place. If at the adjourned meeting a
quorum is not present within 30 minutes from the time appointed for the meeting,
the Directors present will constitute a quorum.
CHAIRPERSON
10 Chairperson to chair meetings
The chairperson or, in the absence of the chairperson, the deputy chairperson of the
Board will chair all meetings of the Board. If no chairperson or deputy chairperson
is elected, or if at a meeting of the Board the chairperson or deputy chairperson is
not present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the commencement of
the meeting, then the Directors present may elect one of their number to be
chairperson of the meeting.
VOTING
11 Voting on resolutions
Each Director has one vote. A resolution of the Board is passed if it is agreed to by
all Directors present without dissent or if a majority of the votes cast on it are in
favour of it. A Director must not vote where that Director is not permitted to vote
by the Rules or this constitution. A Director present at a meeting of the Board may
abstain from voting on a resolution, and any Director who abstains from voting on a
resolution will not be treated as having voted in favour of it for the purposes of the
Act.
12 Chairperson does not have a casting vote
The chairperson of the Board does not have a casting vote.
MINUTES
13 Board must keep minutes of proceedings
The Board must ensure that minutes are kept of all proceedings of meetings of the
Board. Minutes which have been signed correct by the chairperson of the meeting
CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 20
are evidence of the proceedings at the meeting unless they are shown to be
inaccurate.
OTHER PROCEEDINGS
14 Board may regulate other proceedings
Except as set out in this Schedule, the Board may regulate its own procedure.
---
As at 31 March 2019
Nature of business:e-Commerce business with direct to consumer service for food and other household needs
Registered Office:Level 1
70 Shortland Street
Auckland 1010
Directors:Cecilia Robinson
Christopher Marshall
James Robinson
Kevin Roberts
Lance Jenkins
Philip Maud
Theresa Gattung
Shareholders:Waterman Fund 3 LP70,000shares
Theresa Gattung and Philippa Greenwood10,800shares
James Robinson, Cecilia Robinson and Heimsath Alexander Trustee Limited10,800shares
JKA Holdings Limited, Carlos Bagrie, Nadia Lim and Covisory Trust Limited5,400shares
Kevin Roberts, Neville Goldie and Colin McEwan3,000shares
Bankers:Bank of New Zealand and ASB Bank
Auditors:Ernst & Young
Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Business Directory
- 1 -
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
Independent auditor’s report to the Shareholders of MFB Group Limited
Opinion
We have audited the financial statements of MFB Group Limited (“the Company”) and its subsidiary
(together “the Group”) on pages 5 to 22, which comprise the consolidated statement of financial
position of the Group as at 31 March 2019, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income,
consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year
then ended of the Group, and the notes to the consolidated financial statements including a summary
of significant accounting policies.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements on pages 5 to 22 present fairly, in all material
respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 31 March 2019 and its consolidated
financial performance and cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with New Zealand
Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards and International Financial Reporting
Standards.
This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit has been undertaken
so that we might state to the Company’s shareholders those matters we are required to state to them
in an auditor's report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not
accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s shareholders,
as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand). Our
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the
Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report.
We are independent of the Company and Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard
1 (revised) Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners issued by the New Zealand Auditing and
Assurance Standards Board, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with
these requirements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis
for our opinion.
Ernst & Young provides taxation related services to the Company and Group. Partners and employees
of our firm may deal with the Company and Group on normal terms within the ordinary course of
trading activities of the business of the Company and Group. We have no other relationship with, or
interest in, the Company and Group.
Information other than the financial statements and auditor’s report
The directors of the Company are responsible for the Annual Report, which includes information other
than the consolidated financial statements and auditor’s report.
Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do
not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read the
other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent
with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit, or otherwise
appears to be materially misstated.
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
If, based upon the work we have performed on the other information obtained prior to the date of this
auditor’s report, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are
required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.
Directors’ responsibilities for the financial statements
The directors are responsible, on behalf of the Company, for the preparation and fair presentation of
the consolidated financial statements in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International
Financial Reporting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards, and for such internal
control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing on
behalf of the entity the Group's ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable,
matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors
either intend to liquidate the Group or cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial
statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to
issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance,
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with International Standards on Auditing
(New Zealand) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from
fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably
be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated
financial statements.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial statements is
located at the External Reporting Board website: https://www.xrb.govt.nz/standards-for-assurance-
practitioners/auditors-responsibilities/audit-report-7/. This description forms part of our auditor’s
report.
Chartered Accountants
Auckland
20 June 2019
Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
As at 31 March 2019
Note20192018
NZ$NZ$
Assets
Current
132,952,532
1,637,053
4, 13
1,126,294
1,296,161
265,214
952,506
17228,304
478,534
232,327
355,652
54,436
95,499
-
-
Total current assets
4,859,1074,815,405
Non-current
5,173,502,000
3,693,876
684,127,105
85,315,792
87,629,105
89,009,668
Total assets92,488,212
93,825,073
Liabilities
Current
Trade and other payables
8,17(9,707,557)
(9,469,401)
Deferred revenue
(349,221)
(2,247,788)
9
(30,697)
(54,414)
Derivative financial liabilities13
(423,005)
(185,098)
Other current liabilities
(866,152)
(850,469)
13(2,923,660)
(2,923,660)
Current tax liability
(511,195)
(673,029)
(14,811,487)(16,403,859)
Non-current
Trade and other payables8,17
(581,127)
(570,315)
Finance lease liabilities 9(20,328)
(19,064)
Bank loan13
(13,944,073)
(16,923,660)
Deferred tax liability3(4,804,127)
(5,044,794)
(19,349,655)
(22,557,833)
Total liabilities(34,161,142)(38,961,693)
Net assets58,327,070
54,863,380
Equity
Share capital
101,000,000
1,000,000
Retained earnings
6,146,497
2,724,045
Other shareholder contributions
1451,095,00051,095,000
Share based payment reserve
1185,57344,335
Total equity 58,327,070
54,863,380
0
This statement is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements on pages 9 - 22
Total non-current liabilities
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Raw materials work in progress
Packaging
Prepayments
Other current assets
Total current liabilities
Current tax asset
Bank loan
Finance lease liabilities
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Total non-current assets
- 5 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 31 March 2019
Year endedYear ended
Note20192018
NZ$NZ$
Income1155,956,974
149,000,882
Cost of sales17(121,649,286)
(119,247,752)
Gross profit
34,307,68829,753,130
Marketing expenses(7,284,297)
(5,848,192)
Financing expenses
(1,165,692)
(1,389,690)
Indirect expenses2,17(15,915,785)
(15,862,065)
Other income1153,077
132,824
Share based payment expense
11(41,238)
(8,246)
Net profit for the year - before tax
10,053,7536,777,760
Income tax expense3(2,837,335)
(1,820,730)
Net profit for the year - after tax
7,216,4184,957,030
Total comprehensive income for the year 7,216,4184,957,030
Earnings per share
Basic profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent72.16 49.57
Diluted profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity shareholders of the parent68.94 49.37
This statement is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements on pages 9 - 22
- 6 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 31 March 2019
Note
Share capital
Other
shareholder
contributions
Retained
earnings
Share based
payment
valuation
reserve
Total equity
NZ$NZ$NZ$NZ$NZ$
Balance at 1 April 2018
1,000,00051,095,0002,724,04544,33554,863,380
Effect of adoption of new accounting standards17
--
(220,303)-(220,303)
Restated balance 1 April 2018
1,000,00051,095,0002,503,74244,33554,643,077
Profit for the period
--7,216,418-7,216,418
Total comprehensive income for the year
--7,216,418-7,216,418
Cash dividends
--(3,573,663)-(3,573,663)
Share based payment expense
---41,23841,238
Balance at 31 March 2019
1,000,00051,095,0006,146,49785,573
58,327,070
Balance at 1 April 2017
1,000,00051,095,0001,142,47836,08953,273,567
Profit for the period previously reported
--6,145,822
-
6,145,822.00
Correction of errors
--(1,188,792)-
(1,188,792)
Restated profit
--4,957,030-4,957,030
Total comprehensive income for the year
--4,957,030-
4,957,030
Cash dividends
--(3,375,463)-(3,375,463)
Share based payment expense
---8,2468,246
Balance at 31 March 2018
1,000,00051,095,0002,724,045
44,335
54,863,380
This statement is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements on pages 9 - 22
- 7 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 31 March 2019
Year endedYear ended
Note20192018
NZ$NZ$
Operating activities
Cash was provided from:
Receipts from customers
154,161,056148,351,511
Interest received41,055
32,071
Cash was disbursed to:
Payments to suppliers and employees
(140,368,973)
(134,952,089)
Salaries paid to related parties
(416,153)
(905,946)
Tax paid(3,239,837)
(2,143,500)
Interest paid
(923,142)
(1,151,850)
Net cash flows from operating activities
16
9,254,006
9,230,197
Investing activities
Cash was provided from:
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
-
3,570
Cash was applied to:
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
(458,412)(2,627,800)
Payments for development of digital assets
(870,735)
(970,212)
Net cash flows from investing activities
(1,329,147)
(3,594,442)
Financing activities
Cash was provided from:
Proceeds from borrowings -
-
Cash inflows from other equity contributions-
-
Cash was applied to:
Dividends paid(3,573,663)
(3,375,463)
Payment for financing leases(22,453)(32,973)
Repayment of borrowings (3,013,264)
(4,300,000)
Net cash flows from financing activities
(6,609,380)
(7,708,436)
Net increase / (decrease) in cash flows1,315,479
(2,072,681)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period1,637,053
3,709,734
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
2,952,532
1,637,053
This statement is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements on pages 9 - 22
- 8 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Statement of Accounting Policies
Corporate information
Statement of compliance and reporting framework
Basis of preparation
Basis of consolidation
Business combinations and goodwill
Revenue recognition
Leasing
The 2018 income statement comparatives and note 2 have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. This relates to the reclassification of employee expenses in relation
to cost of sales from indirect expenses and amortisation and loss on sale of assets from financing expenses to indirect expenses. The effect of the first change has increased cost of sales
and decreased indirect expenses by $3,281k. The second change has the effect of reducing financing expenses by $2,693k and increasing indirect expenses. These changes have not had
an impact on the previously reported profit and equity position of the Group.
The financial statements comprise of the financial statements of the Group and its subsidiaries as at 31 March 2019. Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. Control is achieved
when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. Specifically,
the Group controls an investee if and only if the Group has:
• Power over the investee (i.e. existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee);
• Exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and
• The ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns.
The financial statements of the Group are for the year ended 31 March 2019. The financial statements were authorised for issue by the Directors on 20 June 2019.
Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating
leases.
Assets held under finance leases are initially recognised as assets of the Group at their fair value at the inception of the lease or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments.
The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in the consolidated statement of financial position as a finance lease liability.
Lease payments are apportioned between finance expenses and reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance
expenses are recognised over the course of the lease in profit or loss.
Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term, except where another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in
which economic benefits from the leased asset are consumed.
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with New Zealand Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (NZ GAAP) and the requirements of the Companies Act
1993. For the purposes of complying with NZ GAAP, the Company is a for-profit entity.
The consolidated financial statements of the Group comply with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS), and International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS).
The financial statements have been specifically prepared for the purposes of meeting the Group’s external reporting obligations.
Revenue from contracts with customers is recognised when control of the goods are transferred to the customer at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to be
entitled in exchange for those goods. The Group has generally concluded that it is the principal in its revenue arrangements.
Revenue from sale of goods is recognised at the point in time when control of the asset is transferred to the customer, generally on delivery. Cash is normally received in advance of delivery.
The Group considers there are no other promises in the contract that are separate performance obligations to which a portion of the transaction price needs to be allocated. In determining the
transaction price for the sale of goods, the Group considers there is no variable or non cash consideration and no significant financing component exists.
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the consideration transferred, which is measured at
acquisition date fair value.
When the Group acquires a business, it assesses the identifiable assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate classification and designation in accordance with the contractual terms,
economic circumstances and pertinent conditions as at the acquisition date.
Goodwill is initially measured at cost. If the fair value of the net assets acquired is in excess of the aggregate consideration transferred, the Group re-assesses whether it has correctly
identified all of the assets acquired and all of the liabilities assumed and reviews the procedures used to measure the amounts to be recognised at the acquisition date. If the reassessment
still results in an excess of the fair value of net assets acquired over the aggregate consideration transferred, then the gain is recognised in profit or loss.
After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the
acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the acquiree are
assigned to those units.
Where goodwill has been allocated to a cash-generating unit (CGU) and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill associated with the disposed operation is included in
the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss on disposal. Goodwill disposed in these circumstances is measured based on the relative values of the disposed
operation and the portion of CGU retained.
MFB Group Limited & My Food Bag Limited ("the Group") the company and subsidiaries are incorporated and domiciled in New Zealand under the New Zealand Companies Act 1993. The
Group is engaged in e-Commerce with direct to consumer service for food and other household needs.
The 2018 comparatives have also been restated for misstatements idenitifed in the balance sheet relating to several accounts refer to note 17 for further details.
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except where identified in the accounting policies below. The Group’s consolidated financial statements
are presented in New Zealand dollars, which is also the parent company’s functional currency. The financial statements have been rounded to 0 decimal places.
The financial statements have been prepared using the going concern assumption. The Group has a negative current ratio of -0.33:1. Therefore, whilst the net negative current ratio
indicates uncertainty in relation to the going concern assumption, the Group has prepared forecasts which indicate that cash on hand, combined with cash flow as a result of operations will
enable the Group to continue operating and satisfy its going concern and solvency requirements.
Accordingly, the Directors believe the going concern assumption is valid and have reached this conclusion having regard to the circumstances which they consider likely to affect the Group
during the period of one year from the date these financials are approved.
- 9 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Taxation
Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.
Current tax
Deferred tax
Current and deferred tax for the period
Goods and services tax
Property, plant and equipment
The following depreciation rates have been used:
- Motor vehicles
21-25%Diminishing value
- Plant and machinery 10% - 67% Diminishing value
- Office equipment8.5% - 67% Diminishing value
- Furniture and fittings8% - 40%Diminishing value
- Computers50%Diminishing value
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred tax assets and liabilities
relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.
Current and deferred tax are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income, except when they relate to items that are recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity,
in which case, the current and deferred tax are also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity respectively. Where current tax or deferred tax arises from the initial
accounting for a business combination, the tax effect is included in the accounting for the business combination.
Plant, property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses.
Depreciation is recognised so as to write off the cost or valuation of assets less their residual values over their useful lives, using the diminishing value method. The estimated useful lives,
residual values and depreciation method are reviewed at the end of each reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.
Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over their expected useful lives on the same basis as owned assets. However, when there is no reasonable certainty that ownership will be
obtained by the end of the lease term, assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives.
An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss
arising on the disposal or retirement of an item of property, plant and equipment is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is
recognised in profit or loss.
For the purposes of considering whether there has been any impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash inflows that are largely independent of the
cash flows of other groups of assets. When the book value of a group of assets exceeds the recoverable amount an impairment loss arises and is recognised in earnings immediately.
Revenue, expenses, assets and liabilities are recognised net of the amount of goods and services tax (GST) except:
• where the amount of GST incurred is not recovered from the taxation authority, it is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset or as part of an item of expense; or
• for receivables and payables which are recognised inclusive of GST. (The net amount of GST recoverable from or payable to the taxation authority is included as part of receivables or
payables).
Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in
the computation of taxable profit.
Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are generally recognised for all deductible temporary differences to the extent that it
is probable that taxable profits will be available against which those deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised if the
temporary difference arises from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting
profit.
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available
to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.
Deferred tax liabilities and assets are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is settled or the asset realised, based on tax rates (and tax laws)
that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.
The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of the reporting period, to
recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.
The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the period. Taxable profit differs from ‘profit before tax’ as reported in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income because of
items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group's current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been
enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax
regulation is subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.
- 10 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Intangible assets
Computer software
Computer software licences and development costs recognised as assets are amortised on a straight line basis at the rates below:
- Softwaretwo yearsStraight line
Brands
Goodwill
Goodwill is not amortised, but tested for impairment at least annually.
Finite life intangible assets
Intangible assets acquired in a business combination
Packaging
Packaging is stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value.
Raw materials work in progress
Raw materials work in progress is stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value.
Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when a Group entity becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instruments.
Financial assets
Financial liabilities
Costs that are directly associated with the development of identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Group that will generate economic benefits exceeding costs beyond one
year, are recognised as intangible assets. The costs incurred to acquire specific software licences are capitalised. Internally developed systems are capitalised once the project is assessed to
be feasible. Costs associated with maintaining computer software programmes are recognised as an expense when incurred.
Goodwill acquired in a business combination is recorded as an asset at the date that control is acquired (the acquisition date). Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the
consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable net assets recognised.
Finite life intangible assets represent customer relationships acquired in a business combination are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses.
Amortisation is recognised on a straight line basis, to appropriately reflect the reduction in value of the intangible asset over its deemed useful life of 2 years.
Brands for which relevant factors indicate that there is no limit to the foreseeable net cash flows are considered to have an indefinite useful life and are held at cost and are not amortised but
are subject to an annual impairment test. Brands are considered to have an indefinite useful life as there are no factors which indicate that there is a limit on their capacity to generate
foreseeable cash flows.
Financial liabilities are classified, at initial recognition, as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, loans and borrowings, payables, or as derivatives designated as hedging
instruments in an effective hedge, as appropriate.
All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value and, in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs.
The Group’s financial liabilities include trade and other payables, loans and borrowings including bank loans, and derivative financial instruments.
The subsequent measurement of financial liabilities depends on their classification, as described below:
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss includes derivative financial instruments entered into by the Group that are not designated as hedging instruments in hedge relationships
as defined by NZ IFRS 9.
The Group uses derivative financial instruments, such as interest rate swaps to hedge its interest rate risks. Such derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the
date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value through profit or loss. Derivatives are carried as financial assets when the fair value is
positive and as financial liabilities when the fair value is negative.
All potential intangible assets acquired in a business combination are identified and recognised separately from goodwill where they satisfy the definition of an intangible asset and their fair
value can be measured reliably.
Financial assets and financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value. Transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of financial assets and financial liabilities
(other than financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss) are added to or deducted from the fair value of the financial assets or financial liabilities, as appropriate,
on initial recognition. Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition of financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are recognised immediately in profit or
loss.
The Group’s financial assets are classified, at initial recognition and subsequently measured at amortised cost. The Group measures financial assets at amortised cost if both of the following
conditions are met:
• The financial asset is held with the objective to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows; and
• The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding
The Group’s financial assets at amortised cost includes trade receivables.
Financial assets at amortised cost are subsequently measured using the effective interest (EIR) method and are subject to impairment. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when
the asset is derecognised, modified or impaired.
For trade receivables, the Group applies a simplified approach in calculating ECLs. Therefore, the Group does not track changes in credit risk, but instead recognises a loss allowance based
on lifetime ECLs at each reporting date. The Group has established a provision matrix that is based on its historical credit loss experience, adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to the
debtors and the economic environment.
The Group does not measure any assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (OCI) or fair value through profit or loss.
- 11 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Other shareholder contributions
Fair value
Cash and short term deposits
Derivative financial instruments
Employee entitlements
· Level 3 – Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is unobservable.
For assets and liabilities that are recognised in the financial statements on a recurring basis, the Group determines whether transfers have occurred between Levels in the hierarchy by re-
assessing categorisation (based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting period.
· Level 1 – Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Loans and borrowings
After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the EIR method. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the
liabilities are derecognised as well as through the EIR amortisation process.
Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortisation is included as finance
costs in the statement of profit or loss.
This category generally applies to interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date the derivative contracts are entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period.
The resulting gain or loss is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income immediately.
A liability for annual leave is accrued and recognised in the consolidated balance sheet. The liability is equal to the present value of the estimated future cash outflows as a result of employee
services provided at balance date. Provisions are classified as non-current only if the Group has a legal entitlement not to make payment within a 12-month period, to the employee to whom
the obligation has been accrued. Provisions made in respect of employee benefits expected to be settled within 12 months are measured at their nominal values using the remuneration rate
expected to apply at the time of settlement. Provisions made in respect of employee benefits that are not expected to be settled within 12 months are measured at the present value of the
estimated future cash outflows to be made by the Group in respect of services provided up to the reporting date.
For the purposes of fair value disclosures, the Group has determined classes of assets and liabilities on the basis of the nature, characteristics and risks of the asset or liability and the level of
the fair value hierarchy, as explained above.
Cash and short-term deposits in the statement of financial position comprise cash at bank and on hand and short-term deposits with a maturity of three months or less, which are subject to an
insignificant risk of changes in value.
The Group enters into derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate risks through interest rate swap contracts.
· Level 2 – Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is directly or indirectly observable; and
The Group uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to measure fair value, maximising the use of relevant observable
inputs and minimising the use of unobservable inputs.
The other shareholder contributions are classified as equity in accordance with the terms of the shareholder loan mutual agreement and are measured at fair value, as they do not attract
interest or have fixed repayments.
The Group measures financial instruments such as derivatives at fair value at each balance sheet date.
· In the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market for the asset or liability.
The principal of the most advantageous market must be accessible by the Group.
The fair value of an asset or a liability is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming that market participants act in their
economic best interest.
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value
measurement is based on the presumption that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability takes place either:
All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorised within the fair value hierarchy, described as follows, based on the lowest level
input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:
· In the principal market for the asset or liability; or
A fair value measurement of a non-financial asset takes into account a market participant’s ability to generate economic benefits by using the asset in its highest and best use or by selling it to
another market participant that would use the asset in its highest and best use.
- 12 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Statement of cash flow
Share-based payments
Equity-settled transactions
Key sources of estimation uncertainty and key judgements
Key sources of estimation uncertainty and key judgements include:
Change in accounting policies
NZ IFRS 9
The classification and measurement requirements of NZ IFRS 9 did not have a significant impact on the Group.
The Group does not apply hedge accounting and so no changes resulted in the adoption of NZ IFRS 9.
NZ IFRS 15
The Group applied NZ IFRS 15 for the first time. The nature and effect of the changes as a result of adoption of these new accounting standards are described below.
NZ IFRS 15 supersedes NZ IAS 18 Revenue and related Interpretations and it applies to all revenue arising from contracts with its customers. NZ IFRS 15 establishes a five-step model to
account for revenue arising from contracts with customers and requires that revenue be recognised at an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in
exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer.
NZ IFRS 15 requires entities to exercise judgement, taking into consideration all of the relevant facts and circumstances when applying each step of the model to contracts with their
customers. The Group adopted NZ IFRS 15 using the full retrospective method of adoption. The impact of the change to NZ IFRS 15 was immaterial and was limited to presentational changes
only. As a result there has been no change to previously reported profit and equity.
NZ IFRS 9 Financial Instruments replaces NZ IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement for bringing together all three aspects of the accounting for financial instruments:
classification and measurement; impairment; and hedge accounting.
Judgements made by management in the application of NZ IFRS that have significant effects on the financial statements and estimates with a significant risk of material adjustments in the
next year are disclosed, where applicable, in the relevant notes to the financial statements.
From time to time senior executive and management personnel of the Group receive remuneration in the form of share-based payments and render services as consideration for equity
instruments (equity-settled transactions).
The cost of equity-settled transactions is determined by the fair value at the date when the grant is made using an appropriate valuation model, further details of which are given in note 11.
The cost is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income, together with a corresponding increase in equity (share-based payment reserve), over the period in which service and,
where applicable, the performance conditions are fulfilled (the vesting period). The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date
reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. The expense or credit in the statement of
comprehensive income for a period represents the movement in cumulative expense recognised as at the beginning and end of the period.
- Investing activities are those activities relating to the acquisition and disposal of current and non-current investments and any other non-current assets.
- Determining the fair value of share based payments made requires management to exercise their judgement as to the fair value and vesting probability of the relevant instruments issued
(refer note 11).
- The assessment of impairment of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles. The Group determines whether goodwill and indefinite life intangibles are impaired at least on an annual basis. This
requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash generating units to which the goodwill and indefinite life intangibles are allocated. The assumptions used in this estimation of
recoverable amount and the carrying amount of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles are discussed in these notes to the accounts. An impairment assessment of goodwill and brands has
been conducted in the current period. Management have determined that there is no impairment of any of the cash generating units containing goodwill and brands (refer note 6). Determining
the recoverable amounts of goodwill and intangible assets requires the estimation of the effects of uncertain future events at balance date. These estimates involve assumptions about risk
assessment to cash flows or discount rates used, future changes in salaries and future changes in price affecting other costs. Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are
based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be measurable under the circumstances.
Service and non-market performance conditions are not taken into account when determining the grant date fair value of awards, but the likelihood of the conditions being met is assessed as
part of the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. Market performance conditions are reflected within the grant date fair value. Any other conditions
attached to an award, but without an associated service requirement, are considered to be non-vesting conditions. Non-vesting conditions are reflected in the fair value of an award and lead
to an immediate expensing of an award unless there are also service and/or performance conditions.
- Financing activities are those activities relating to changes in the equity and debt capital structure of the Group and those activities relating to the cost of servicing the Group’s equity capital.
The statement of cash flow is prepared exclusive of GST, which is consistent with the method used in the income statement.
Definition of terms used in the statement of cash flow:
- Operating activities include all transactions and other events that are not investing or financing activities.
No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest because non-market performance and/or service conditions have not been met. Where awards include a market or non-
vesting condition, the transactions are treated as vested irrespective of whether the market or non-vesting condition is satisfied, provided that all other performance and/or service conditions
are satisfied.
When the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, the minimum expense recognised is the grant date fair value of the unmodified award, provided the original terms of the award are
met. An additional expense, measured as at the date of modification, is recognised for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share-based payment transaction, or is
otherwise beneficial to the employee. Where an award is cancelled by the entity or by the counterparty, any remaining element of the fair value of the award is expensed immediately through
profit or loss.
The adoption of NZ IFRS 9 has changed the Group’s accounting for impairment losses for trade receivables by replacing NZ IAS 39’s incurred loss approach with a forward-looking expected
credit loss (ECL) approach. Upon the adoption of NZ IFRS 9, the Group recognised additional impairment on the Group’s Trade receivables of $220,303. As this change was applied
prospectively the impact was reflected in Retained earnings as at 1 April 2018.
- 13 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Standards issued but not yet effective
NZIFRS 16 Leases; New Standard
Effective Standard Date: 1 January 2019MFB Application Date: 1 April 2019
NZIFRS 16 is the new standard on the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases.
Lessees recognise a liability to pay rentals with a corresponding asset, and recognise interest expense and depreciation separately.
Lessor accounting is substantially the same as today's lessor accounting, using NZIAS 17's dual classification approach.
The impact of the new standard is expected to be material however the quantum of the right of use asset and lease liability on transition is still to be determined.
The Group is required to adopt this standard in full for the financial year commencing 1 April 2019.
The scope of the new standard includes leases of all assets, with certain exceptions. A lease is defined as a contract, or part of a contract, that conveys
the right to use an asset (the underlying asset) for a period of time in exchange for consideration.
The standards and interpretations that are issued, but not yet effective, up to the date of issuance of the Group's financial statements are disclosed
NZIFRS 16 requires lessees to account for all leases under a single on-balance sheet model (subject to certain exemptions) in a similar way to finance
leases under NZIAS 17.
Reassessment of certain key considerations (e.g. lease term, variable rents based on an index or rate, discount rate) by the lessee is required upon
certain events.
- 14 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements
Year endedYear ended
1Income
20192018
NZ$NZ$
Revenue from customers
155,956,974
149,000,882
Total income
155,956,974149,000,882
Dividend income
405 1,126
Interest income
41,055
32,071
Other income
111,617 99,627
Total other income
153,077 132,824
2Expenses
Profit before income tax has been arrived at after charging the following expenses and losses from operations:
Year endedYear ended
20192018
NZ$NZ$
Staff expenses
Salaries and wages
(11,190,281)(9,510,793)
Directors salaries14
(191,153)(655,946)
Defined contribution
(219,755)(158,383)
Interest expense
(923,142)(1,151,850)
IT expenses
(1,214,798)(1,063,435)
Fair value of derivatives
(238,476)(237,841)
Amortisation expense on intangible assets6
(1,670,147)(2,705,515)
Depreciation expense on property, plant and equipment5
(614,151)(573,515)
Loss on disposal of plant, property and equipment
(36,137)
(432,981)
Fees paid to Ernst & Young
Audit fees paid to Ernst & Young
(63,000)(42,000)
Other fees paid to Ernst & Young
-(15,328)
Other fees paid to Ernst & Young are paid in the period were in relation to tax compliance, tax advice and transfer pricing services.
Year endedYear ended
3Taxation
20192018
Current period
3,125,4833,066,609
Adjustments for prior periods
(47,481)(106,831)
Current tax expense
3,078,0022,959,778
-
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
(240,667)(1,139,048)
Recognition of previously unrecognised tax losses
Deferred tax expense (income)
(240,667)(1,139,048)
Total income tax expense
2,837,3351,820,730
Reconciliation of effective tax rate
Profit before tax
10,053,7536,777,760
Income tax using the Company tax rate 28%
2,815,0511,897,773
(Under) / over provided in prior years
(47,481)(106,831)
Non-deductible expenses
69,76529,788
Income tax expense
2,837,3351,820,730
Deferred Income tax
As at 1 April
(5,044,794)(6,183,842)
Charge / (credit) to statement of comprehensive income
240,6671,139,048
As at 31 March
(4,804,127)(5,044,794)
Fixed assetsDerivativesIntangiblesProvisionsTax lossesTotal
As at 1 April 2018
-51,827(5,756,609)653,9706,018
(5,044,794)
Credited / (charged) to the statement of profit or
loss
62,03766,614308,256(196,240)-240,667
Deferred tax as at 31 March 2019
62,037118,441(5,448,353)457,7306,018
(4,804,127)
As at 1 April 2017
-(14,768)(6,456,025)280,9336,018
(6,183,842)
Credited / (charged) to the statement of profit or
loss
-66,595699,416373,037-1,139,048
Deferred tax as at 31 March 2018
-51,827(5,756,609)653,9706,018
(5,044,794)
Imputation credit account through shareholdings
20192018
Imputation credits / (debits) at end of year
3,133,525928,383
The movement in deferred income tax assets and liabilities during the period, without taking into consideration the offsetting balances
within the same tax jurisdiction is as follows:
Deferred income tax assets are recognised for tax loss carry-forwards to the extent that the realisation of the related tax benefit
through the future taxable profits is probable.
The tax on the Group’s profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the tax rate applicable in New Zealand as follows:
- 15 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
4Trade Receivables
20192018
NZ$NZ$
Trade receivables
142,532354,335
Estimated credit loss for trade receivables
(85,522)(24,175)
Sundry debtors
1,058,347
966,001
Other receivables
10,937-
Trade and other receivables
1,126,2941,296,161
5Property, plant and equipment
Motor vehicles Plant & machinery
Office
equipment
Furniture and
fittings
Fit-out WIP Computers Total
NZ$ NZ$ NZ$ NZ$ NZ$ NZ$
NZ$
Year ended 31 March 2019
Balance as at 1 April 2018341,231
2,114,33860,2261,635,4012,380271,2064,424,782
Additions59,346217,77740,46138,702-
102,125458,411
Disposals(30,000)(15,132)-(23,029)-(4,502)(72,663)
Balance as at 31 March 2019
370,5772,316,983100,6871,651,0742,380368,8294,810,530
Accumulated depreciation
Balance as at 1 April 2018(146,460)(151,754)(17,010)(276,604)-(139,078)(730,906)
Depreciation eliminated on disposal of assets15,352
9,584-10,090-1,50136,527
Depreciation charge(52,069)(244,976)(31,087)(186,098)-
(99,921)(614,151)
Balance as at 31 March 2019
(183,177)(387,146)(48,097)(452,612)-(237,498)(1,308,530)
Net book value as at 31 March 2019
187,400
1,929,83752,5901,198,4622,380131,3313,502,000
Year ended 31 March 2018
Balance as at 1 April 2017341,231380,69048,365452,214929,077
300,277
2,451,854
Additions-54,47439,769113,0412,365,208122,959 2,695,451
Transfers-1,952,9098,8951,330,101(3,291,905)- -
Disposals-
(273,735)(36,803)
(259,955)-(152,030)(722,523)
Balance as at 31 March 2018
341,2312,114,33860,2261,635,4012,380271,206
4,424,782
Accumulated depreciation
Balance as at 1 April 2017(92,799)(71,758)(20,616)(78,092)-(176,527)(439,792)
Depreciation eliminated on disposal of assets-67,51228,41947,392-139,078282,401
Depreciation charge(53,661)(147,508)(24,813)(245,904)-(101,629)(573,515)
Balance as at 31 March 2018
(146,460)(151,754)(17,010)(276,604)-
(139,078)(730,906)
Net book value as at 31 March 2018
194,7711,962,58443,2161,358,7972,380132,1283,693,876
6Intangible assets
Software
Software work
in progress
Goodwill
Customer
relationships
Brand Total
NZ$NZ$
NZ$NZ$NZ$ NZ$
Year ended 31 March 2019
Cost or valuation
Balance as at 1 April 20181,755,24673,77563,792,126
5,261,03518,357,48489,239,666
Additions for the year466,633404,101---870,734
Disposals(828,327)-(253,020)--(1,081,347)
Balance as at 31 March 2019
1,393,552
477,87663,539,1065,261,03518,357,48489,029,053
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
Balance as at 1 April 2018(864,671)--(3,059,203)
-(3,923,874)
Amortisation eliminated on disposal of asset692,073----692,073
Amortisation charge
(569,231)--(1,100,916)-
(1,670,147)
Balance as at 31 March 2019
(741,829)--(4,160,119)-(4,901,948)
Book value as at 31 March 2019651,723477,87663,539,106
1,100,91618,357,484
84,127,105
Year ended 31 March 2018
Cost or valuation
Balance as at 1 April 2017910,83215,62863,792,1265,261,03518,357,484
88,337,105
Additions for the year844,41458,147---902,561
Disposals------
Balance as at 31 March 2018
1,755,24673,77563,792,1265,261,03518,357,48489,239,666
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
Balance as at 1 April 2017(473,471)--(744,888)-(1,218,359)
Amortisation charge(391,200)--(2,314,315)-(2,705,515)
Balance as at 31 March 2018
(864,671)--(3,059,203)-(3,923,874)
Book value as at 31 March 2018890,57573,77563,792,1262,201,83218,357,48485,315,792
· Projected cash flows, in particular the underlying growth rates supporting this which have been based on historical data and current market information;
There is only one cash generating unit. The cash generating unit has been valued on a Value in Use basis using a discounted cash flow model.
During the year ended 31 March 2019, management has determined there was a $253,020 write down of goodwill as a result of tax warranties under the SPA. This was driven by incorrect
deduction of GST from Merchant fees.
· Post-tax discount rates to reflect the Group's estimate of the time value of money and risks associated with the CGU. In determining the appropriate discount rate, consideration has been
given to the estimated weighted average cost of capital ("WACC") of 10.6%.
The Group has assessed brand assets as having an indefinite useful life. In coming to this conclusion, management considered expected expansion of the usage of the brands across other
products and markets, the typical customer lifecycle of these assets, the stability of the industry in which the brands are operating, the level of maintenance expenditure required and the
period of legal control over the brands. During the current period, management has determined that there is no impairment of any of the brands. The Group has determined that the
assessment of any potential impairment of goodwill is most sensitive to changes in the following assumptions:
- 16 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
7Subsidiaries
My Food Bag Group comprises the following entities which are incorporated in New Zealand:
Interest held
My Food Bag Limited
100%
8Trade and other payables
20192018
Current liabilities
NZ$NZ$
Trade payables
(6,845,420)(6,981,563)
Credit cards
(49,689)(58,973)
GST payable
(913,262)(576,470)
Accrued expenses
(1,899,186)
(1,852,395)
Current trade and other payables
(9,707,557)(9,469,401)
Non Current liabilities
Accrued expenses
(581,127)(570,315)
Non Current trade and other payables
(581,127)(570,315)
9Commitments and contingencies
Operating lease commitments - Group as lessee
Future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases as at 31 March are:
20192018
NZ$NZ$
Within one year
2,066,9112,186,877
After one year but not more than five years
7,440,5027,577,834
More than five years
3,819,2285,561,744
13,326,64115,326,455
Operating lease commitments - Group as a lessor
The Group has entered into sub leases on three properties
Future minimum rentals receivable under non-cancellable operating leases as at 31 March are:
20192018
Within one year
NZ$NZ$
After one year but not more than five years
193,954
352,392
More than five years
76,386260,056
24,85335,137
295,193647,585
Finance lease and hire purchase commitments
20192018
NZ$NZ$
Within one year
30,69754,414
After one year but not more than five years
20,32819,064
More than five years
51,02573,478
Included in the consolidated financial statements as:
Current lease liabilities30,697 54,414
Non-current lease liabilities20,328 19,064
Future minimum lease payments51,025 73,478
10Issued capital and reserves
NZ$
NumberNZ$Number
Fully paid ordinary shares
1,000,000100,0001,000,000100,000
The ordinary shares have no par value
Issued capital and reserves compromises:
The Group has entered into commercial leases on certain property, motor vehicles and items of machinery with lease terms between 3 and 10 years. These leases have
rights of renewal up to nine years.
20192018
Each fully paid ordinary share confers on the holder one vote at a meeting of the company, a share in distributions approved by the Directors, and a share in the distribution of the surplus
assets of the company on dissolution.
The Group has finance leases and hire purchase contracts for various items of plant and machinery. The Group’s obligations under finance leases are secured by the
lessor’s title to the leased assets. Future minimum lease payments under finance leases and hire purchase contracts, as follows:
- 17 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
11Share option schemes
Other capital reserves
20192018
NZ$NZ$
As at 1 April
44,335
36,089
Changes during the period
41,2388,246
As at 31 March
85,57344,335
Nature and purpose of reserves
Fair value
20192018
Fair value of equity share optionsOptionsNZ$NZ$
Opening value4200118,790356,370
Granted on 1 August 2017200-16,970
Forfeited on 22 December 2017(4,000)(84,850)(254,550)
Granted on 4 April 201812510,606
-
Granted on 7 June 2018
2,000169,700-
Granted 26 November 20181,00084,850-
Forfeited on 18 December 2018(200)(16,970)-
Granted on 3 December 2018850
72,123-
Granted on 24 February 201950042,425-
4,675396,674
118,790
The share-based payment valuation reserve is used to recognise the value of equity-settled share-based payments provided to employees, including key management personnel, as part of
their remuneration.
The fair value of the share options were estimated on the grant date, based on a valuation methodology having regard to the company value at grant date, expiry date of the options, exercise
price, risk free interest rate , volatility and dividend yield.
The method was chosen on the basis that it provides the most appropriate assessment of the fair value.
The share options have been valued using a simulation model assuming that the share prices are lognormally distributed. The future value is discounted back to present value at the risk-free
rate, as the equity risk has been accounted for via the simulation modelling.
All other reserves are as stated in the consolidated statement of changes in equity.
This is an equity settled share scheme.
The Group has a share option scheme under which options to subscribe for the Group’s shares have been granted to certain executives and senior employees. The options convert to
ordinary shares.
- 18 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
12Capital management
13Financial instruments
As at 31 March 2019
Financial loans and
receivables at
amortised cost
Financial
assets at fair
value
Total
NZ$NZ$ NZ$
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
2,952,532-
2,952,532
Trade receivables
1,126,294
-1,126,294
Total financial assets
4,078,826-4,078,826
Non-financial assets
88,409,386
Total assets
92,488,212
As at 31 March 2018
Financial loans and
receivables at
amortised cost
Financial
assets at fair
value
Total
NZ$NZ$ NZ$
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
1,637,053-
1,637,053
Trade receivables
1,296,161-1,296,161
Total financial assets
2,933,214-2,933,214
Non-financial assets
90,891,859
Total assets
93,825,073
Derivative financial assets fair value
Deal DateMaturity DateInterest Rate Notional Amount Pay FrequencyFair Value
Interest Rate Swaps
25/11/2016
30-09-19
30-09-21
1.90%20,000,000$ Quarter(423,005)$
Interest rate sensitivity
20192018
Increase / decrease
in basis points
Effect on profit
before tax
Effect on profit
before tax
NZD$
+10388,194$ 67,432
NZD$
-10(457,917)$
(67,418)
The assumed movement in basis points for the interest rate sensitivity analysis is based on the currently observable market environment.
The impact on equity is the same as the impact on profit before tax as there are no concentrations of credit risk.
The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates on that portion of loans and borrowings. The Group's profit before tax is affected through the
impact on floating rate borrowings, as follows:
The group enters into interest rate swaps to manage the interest rate risk on the bank loan.
As at 31 March 2019, the Group had two interest rate swap agreements in place for a total notional amount of $20,000,000 whereby the Group receives a fixed rate of interest of 1.9% and
pays interest at a variable rate which as at 31 March 2019 2.52% and 2.78%
For the purpose of the Group’s capital management, capital includes issued capital, share options and all other equity reserves attributable to the equity holders of the parent. The primary
objective of the Group’s capital management is to maximise shareholder value. The Group complied with all externally imposed capital requirements during the period to which it is subject.
- 19 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Financial liabilities, interest-bearing loans and borrowings
As at 31 March 2019
Financial liabilities at
amortised cost
Financial
liabilities at
fair value
Total
NZ$NZ$ NZ$
Liabilities
Trade and other payables
(10,288,684)-
(10,288,684)
Derivative financial liabilities
-(423,005)
(423,005)
Finance lease liabilities
(51,025)
-
(51,025)
Bank loan
(16,867,733)-
(16,867,733)
Total financial liabilities
(27,207,442)(423,005)(27,630,447)
Total current
(13,084,919)
Total non current
(14,545,528)
Non-financial liabilities
(6,530,695)
Total liabilities
(34,161,142)
As at 31 March 2018
Financial liabilities at
amortised cost
Financial
liabilities at
fair value
Total
NZ$NZ$ NZ$
Liabilities
Trade and other payables
(10,039,716)
(10,039,716)
Derivative financial liabilities
(185,098)
(185,098)
Finance lease liabilities
(73,479)
(73,478)
Bank loan
(19,847,320)
(19,847,320)
Total financial liabilities
(29,960,515)(185,098)(30,145,612)
Total current
(12,632,573)
Total non current
(17,513,039)
Non-financial liabilities
(9,278,389)
Total liabilities
(39,424,001)
Effective interest
rate
20192018
Current interest bearing loans and liabilities
NZ$
NZ$
Obligations under finance leases 8 - 13%
01/04/19 - 31/03/20
(30,697)(54,414)
Bank loans
1.15% plus margin
(1.95% - 2.15%)
(2,923,660)(2,923,660)
Non-current interest bearing loans and liabilities
Obligations under finance leases 8 - 13%
01/04/20 - 20/10/20
(20,328)(19,064)
Bank loans
1.15% plus margin
(1.95% - 2.15%)
(13,944,073)(16,923,660)
Bank loans
MFB Group Limited (the Borrower) has entered into a Senior Facility Agreement comprising of a term loan facility.
Term loan facility
- 1.95% per annum for Tranche A
- 2.15% per annum for Tranche B
Fair value measurement
Liabilities measured at fair value Date of Valuation
Quoted prices in
active markets
Significant
observable
inputs
Significant
unobservable
inputs
NZ$NZ$NZ$
Derivative financial liabilities
31/03/2019(423,005)
Liquidity risk
The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual payments
Period ended 31 March 2019
On demand Less than 3 months 3 to 12 months1 to 5 years
Total
NZ$NZ$NZ$NZ$
NZ$
Trade and other payables
- (9,707,557)- (581,127)
(10,288,684)
Bank loan
- (750,000)(2,173,660)(13,944,073)
(16,867,733)
- (10,457,557)(2,173,660)(14,525,200)
(27,156,417)
Derivative financial liabilities are valued at mark to market
Interest rate comprises of the base rate (BKBM rate) plus a margin of:
The following table provides the fair value measurement hierarchy of the Group’s assets and liabilities as at 31 March 2019:
Maturity
22/11/21
The Group’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of bank overdrafts, bank loans, and finance leases. The Group assessed the
concentration of risk with respect to refinancing its debt and concluded it to be low. Access to sources of funding is sufficiently available.
On 22 November 2016 $25,600,000 was drawn down to fund the acquisition of My Food Bag Limited.
The term loan facility comprises of Tranche A and Tranche B to assist with funding the acquisition (including payment of the purchase price, refinancing any existing financial indebtedness of
the target and payment of the establishment fee), and for general commercial purposes. MFB have met all of its covenants requirements for the year ended 31 March 2019.
The Group monitors its risk to a shortage of funds using a liquidity planning tool.
22/11/21
MFB Group made repayments of $3,000,000 in the period ended 31 March 2019 (2018: $4,300,000) to bring the period end balance to $17,000,000 (2018: $20,000,000). Borrowing costs
have been capitalised to bank loans and amortised over the expected period of realisation.
The loan has general security in place, being a security interest in the personal property, and a fixed charge over the 'other property' (meaning real property, and anything that is not personal
property), of MFB Group Limited, and an expiry date of 22 November 2021.
- 20 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
14Related party transactions
Trading transactions
During the period, Group entities entered into the following trading transactions with related parties that are not members of the Group:
SalariesDirectors feesOther fees
Total
Total Receivable
at year end
NZ$NZ$NZ$
NZ$
J & C Robinson 191,153
45,000 225,000
461,153 58,023
T Gattung - 30,000 -
30,000 58,023
K Roberts - 30,000 -
30,000 16,118
C Marshall -
30,000
-
30,000 -
P Maud - 30,000 -
30,000 -
L Jenkins - 30,000 -
30,000 -
N Lim -
-
254,783
254,783 29,011
Total 191,153 195,000 479,783
865,936161,175
The following other shareholder contributions:
20192018
NZ$NZ$
The APL Holdings Trust
5,518,260
5,518,260
5,518,260
5,518,260
The Lim & Bagrie Family Trust
2,759,130
2,759,130
The Red Rose Trust
1,532,850
1,532,850
Waterman Fund 3LP
35,766,500
35,766,500
Total
51,095,000
51,095,000
The following amounts were paid to key management personnel of the Group during the financial period:
20192018
NZ$NZ$
2,188,640
1,018,030
Defined contribution expense
10,606
16,970
Share-based payment transactions
41,238
8,246
2,240,484
1,043,246
15Earnings per share (EPS)
20192018
NZ$NZ$
Basic earnings per share
Net profit attributable to shareholders ($)7,216,418 4,957,030
Weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue100,000 100,000
Basic earnings per share ($)72.1649.57
Diluted earnings per share
Net profit attributable to shareholders ($)
7,216,418 4,957,030
Weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue for diluted earnings per share104,675 100,400
Diluted earnings per share ($)68.94
49.37
Reconciliation of weighted average number of shares
Ordinary shares100,000 100,000
Adjustment for shares outstanding under the employee share scheme4,675 400
Number of shares used as the denominator in calculating diluted 104,675 100,400
Short term employee benefits
Total compensation paid to key management personnel
Balances and transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties of the Company, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note.
Details of transactions between the Group and other related parties are disclosed below.
The Theresa Gattung Investment Trust
Other shareholder contributions from related parties are not interest bearing and are repayable on repayment date.
The other shareholder contributions have been classified as equity contributions as repayment is on mutual agreement of both the borrower and the lender (or else they are perpetual) and the
contributions are interest free. The other shareholder contributions carry no voting rights.
Compensation of key management personnel of the Group
- 21 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
16Operating cash flow reconciliation
20192018
NZ$NZ$
Net profit before taxation10,053,753
6,777,760
Adjustments for non-cash items:
Depreciation on property plant & equipment 614,151573,515
Amortisation on intangible assets1,670,1472,705,515
Capitalised debt costs amortised33,677
76,340
Gain / loss on sale of property, plant & equipment 36,137227,793
Non cash write offs and capitalisation of software
389,274208,758
Derivative financial instruments 237,907237,841
Share based payment expense41,2388,246
Changes in assets and liabilities
Increase / decrease in Trade and other receivables(50,436)(604,861)
Increase / decrease in Packaging250,230458,841
Increase / decrease in Raw materials work in progress687,292619,111
Increase / decrease in Other current assets41,063174,966
Increase / decrease in Prepayments123,325(203,765)
Increase / decrease in Trade and other payables248,968814,646
Increase / decrease in Deferred revenue(1,898,568)(528,842)
Increase / decrease in Other liabilities15,68380,886
Income tax paid (3,239,836)(2,396,551)
Foreign tax paid
--
Costs recognised as financing cash flows
--
Positive net cash flows from operating activities9,254,0069,230,197
17
Restatement of comparative period
The errors have been corrected by restating each of the affected financial statement line items for the periods, as follows:
Impact on equity (increase/(decrease) in equity)2018
$
Packaging
(327,278)
Property, plant and equipment
(208,758)
Total Assets
(536,036)
Trade and other payables- Current
(544,749)
Trade and other payables - Non Current
(570,315)
Current tax liability
302,620
Deferred tax liability
159,689
Total liabilities
(652,755)
Net impact on equity
(1,188,791)
Impact on the statement of profit or loss (increase/(decrease) in profit)
2018
$
Cost of sales872,027
Indirect expenses779,073
Income tax expense
(462,308)
Net impact on profit for the year1,188,792
Impact on basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) (increase/(decrease) in EPS)31-Mar-18
Earnings per share
(11.9)
Basic, profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent
(1,188,793)
18Contingent liabilities
The Group has no contingent liabilities (2018:NIL)
19Capital commitments
The Group has capital commitments of $1,015k (2018:NIL)
20Events after the reporting date
21Approval of financial statements
The 2018 comparatives have been restated to reflect the work undertaken during 2019 as part of building the foundations in preparation for an ERP implementation. In the
year ended 31 March 2018 My Food Bag
- Made a business decision to move away from Chilltainers and not continue to use the Dexion warehousing system as intended. These decisions led to fixed assets and
inventory balances being overstated as the impairment was not recognised at 31 March 2018.
- Incorrectly recorded merchant fees net of GST.
- Did not account for lease incentives given inline with NZ IAS 17 Leases.
As a consequence expenses were understated for the year ended 31 March 2018.
The financial statements were approved by the board of directors and authorised for issue on 20 June 2019.
The reconciliation of profit before tax to net cash flows from operations is as follows:
On the 20th June 2019 the board approved a dividend of $1,500,000
- 22 -
---
As at 31 March 2020
Nature of business:e-Commerce business with direct to consumer service for food and other household needs
Registered Office:Level 34
48 Shortland Street
Auckland 1010
Directors:Cecilia Robinson
Christopher Marshall
James Robinson
Kevin Roberts
Lance Jenkins
Philip Maud
Theresa Gattung
Shareholders:Waterman Fund 3 LP70,000shares
Theresa Gattung and Philippa Greenwood10,800shares
James Robinson, Cecilia Robinson and Heimsath Alexander Trustee Limited10,800shares
JKA Holdings Limited, Carlos Bagrie, Nadia Lim and Covisory Trust Limited5,400shares
Kevin Roberts, Neville Goldie and Colin McEwan3,000shares
Bankers:Bank of New Zealand and ASB Bank
Auditors:Ernst & Young
Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Business Directory
- 1 -
---
MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Financial Statements 31 March 2020
Statutory Information
For tho year ended 31 March 2020
The Directors present the Annual Report, Including the Financial Statements for the �ar ended 31 Ma rch 2020.
Due 10 agreement by the sh•eholders. the Company has elected to appfy al disclosure e>emplfons per section 211 (3) ct the Companies Act 1993.
For and on behalf of the Board who authorise the issue of this financial repon on 4 June 2020.
-2-
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
- 3 -
Independent auditor’s report to the Shareholders of MFB Group Limited
Opinion
We have audited the financial statements of MFB Group Limited (“the Company”) and its subsidiary
(together “the Group”) on pages 5 to 21, which comprise the consolidated statement of financial
position of the Group as at 31 March 2020, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income,
consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year
then ended of the Group, and the notes to the consolidated financial statements including statement
of accounting policies.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements on pages 5 to 21 present fairly, in all material
respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 31 March 2020 and its consolidated
financial performance and cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with New Zealand
Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards and International Financial Reporting
Standards.
This report is made solely to the Company's shareholders, as a body. Our audit has been undertaken
so that we might state to the Company's shareholders those matters we are required to state to them
in an auditor's report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not
accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company's shareholders,
as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand). Our
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the
Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report.
We are independent of the Company and Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard
1 (revised) Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners issued by the New Zealand Auditing and
Assurance Standards Board, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with
these requirements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis
for our opinion.
Other than in our capacity as auditor we have no relationship with, or interest in, the Company or its
subsidiary. Partners and employees of our firm may deal with the Group on normal terms within the
ordinary course of trading activities of the business of the Group.
Information other than the financial statements and auditor’s report
The directors of the Company are responsible for the Annual Report, which includes information other
than the consolidated financial statements and auditor’s report.
Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do
not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read the
other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent
with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit, or otherwise
appears to be materially misstated.
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
- 4 -
If, based upon the work we have performed on the other information obtained prior to the date of this
auditor’s report, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are
required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.
Directors’ responsibilities for the financial statements
The directors are responsible, on behalf of the Company, for the preparation and fair presentation of
the consolidated financial statements in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International
Financial Reporting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards, and for such internal
control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing on
behalf of the entity the Group's ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable,
matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors
either intend to liquidate the Group or cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial
statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to
issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance,
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with International Standards on Auditing
(New Zealand) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from
fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably
be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated
financial statements.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial statements is
located at the External Reporting Board website: https://www.xrb.govt.nz/standards-for-assurance-
practitioners/auditors-responsibilities/audit-report-7/. This description forms part of our auditor’s
report.
Chartered Accountants
Auckland
4 June 2020
Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
As at 31 March 2020
Note20202019
NZ$NZ$
Assets
Current
138,336,744
2,952,532
4, 131,536,645
1,126,294
764,922
265,214
342,835
228,304
289,992
232,327
-
54,436
Current Finance lease receivable47,153
-
Total current assets
11,318,2914,859,107
Non-current
53,139,953
3,502,000
6
85,296,804
84,127,105
Finance lease receivable359,668
-
Right-of-use assets99,533,958
-
98,330,383
87,629,105
Total assets109,648,674
92,488,212
Liabilities
Current
Trade and other payables
8(11,388,242)
(9,707,557)
Deferred revenue
(5,078,266)
(349,221)
-
(30,697)
9
(1,092,975)
-
Derivative financial liabilities13
(497,097)
(423,005)
Other current liabilities
(888,101)
(866,152)
13-
(2,923,660)
Current tax liability
(1,585,331)
(511,195)
(20,530,012)(14,811,487)
Non-current
Trade and other payables8-
(581,127)
Finance lease liabilities -
(20,328)
Lease liabilities
9(9,769,096)
-
Bank loan13(16,918,933)
(13,944,073)
Deferred tax liability3
(4,207,940)
(4,804,127)
(30,895,969)
(19,349,655)
Total liabilities(51,425,981)(34,161,142)
Net assets58,222,693
58,327,070
Equity
Share capital
101,000,000
1,000,000
Retained earnings
5,769,073
6,146,497
Other shareholder contributions
1451,095,00051,095,000
Share based payment reserve
11358,62085,573
Total equity 58,222,693
58,327,070
0
This statement is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements on pages 9 - 21
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Raw materials work in progress
Packaging
Prepayments
Other current assets
Total current liabilities
Bank loan
Finance lease liabilities
Property, plant and equipment
Total non-current assets
Intangible assets
Total non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities
- 5 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 31 March 2020
Year endedYear ended
Note20202019
NZ$NZ$
Income1153,301,014
155,956,974
Cost of sales
(119,409,952)
(121,649,286)
Gross profit
33,891,06234,307,688
Marketing expenses(4,966,129)
(7,284,297)
Financing expenses
(1,356,438)
(1,165,692)
Indirect expenses2(16,148,993)
(15,915,785)
Other income1109,791
153,077
Share based payment expense
11
(273,047)
(41,238)
Net profit for the year - before tax
11,256,24610,053,753
Income tax expense3(3,075,759)
(2,837,335)
Net profit for the year - after tax
8,180,4877,216,418
Total comprehensive income for the year 8,180,4877,216,418
Earnings per share
Basic profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent81.80 72.16
Diluted profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity shareholders of the parent77.64 69.53
This statement is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements on pages 9 - 21
- 6 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 31 March 2020
Note
Share capital
Other
shareholder
contributions
Retained
earnings
Share based
payment
valuation
reserve
Total equity
NZ$NZ$NZ$NZ$NZ$
Balance at 1 April 2019
1,000,00051,095,0006,146,49785,57358,327,070
Effect of adoption of new accounting standards
--
(157,153)-(157,153)
Profit for the period
--8,180,487-8,180,487
Total comprehensive income for the year
--8,023,334-8,023,334
Cash dividends
--
(8,400,758)
-(8,400,758)
Share based payment expense
---273,047273,047
Balance at 31 March 2020
1,000,00051,095,0005,769,073358,62058,222,693
Balance at 1 April 2018
1,000,00051,095,0002,724,04544,33554,863,380
Effect of adoption of new accounting standards
--(220,303)
-
(220,303)
Restated balance 1 April 2018
1,000,00051,095,0002,503,74244,33554,643,077
Profit for the period
--7,216,418-7,216,418
Total comprehensive income for the year
--7,216,418-
7,216,418
Cash dividends
--(3,573,663)-(3,573,663)
Share based payment expense
---41,23841,238
Balance at 31 March 2019
1,000,00051,095,0006,146,497
85,573
58,327,070
This statement is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements on pages 9 - 21
- 7 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 31 March 2020
Year endedYear ended
Note20202019
NZ$NZ$
Operating activities
Cash was provided from:
Receipts from customers
157,526,340154,161,056
Interest received40,620
41,055
Proceeds from insurance21,559
-
Cash was disbursed to:
Payments to suppliers and employees
(134,698,569)
(140,368,973)
Salaries paid to related parties
-
(416,153)
Tax paid(2,406,272)
(3,239,837)
Interest paid
(818,681)
(923,142)
Interest payments on leases(463,662)-
Net cash flows from operating activities
19,201,335
9,254,006
Investing activities
Cash was provided from:
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
12,794-
Cash was applied to:
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
(481,976)(458,412)
Payments for development of digital assets
(3,171,717)(870,735)
Net cash flows from investing activities
(3,640,899)
(1,329,147)
Financing activities
Cash was applied to:
Dividends paid(8,400,758)
(3,573,663)
Principal payments on leases(1,775,467)(22,453)
Repayment of borrowings -
(3,013,264)
Net cash flows from financing activities
(10,176,225)
(6,609,380)
Net increase / (decrease) in cash flows5,384,211
1,315,479
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period2,952,532
1,637,053
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
8,336,744
2,952,532
This statement is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements on pages 9 - 21
- 8 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Statement of Accounting Policies
Corporate information
Statement of compliance and reporting framework
Basis of preparation
Basis of consolidation
Business combinations and goodwill
Revenue recognition
MFB Group Limited & My Food Bag Limited ("the Group") the company and subsidiaries are incorporated and domiciled in New Zealand under the New Zealand Companies Act 1993. The
Group is engaged in e-Commerce with direct to consumer service for food and other household needs.
The financial statements of the Group are for the year ended 31 March 2020. The financial statements were authorised for issue by the Directors on 4 June 2020.
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with New Zealand Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (NZ GAAP) and the requirements of the Companies Act
1993. For the purposes of complying with NZ GAAP, the Company is a for-profit entity.
The consolidated financial statements of the Group comply with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS), and International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS).
The financial statements have been specifically prepared for the purposes of meeting the Group’s external reporting obligations.
Revenue from contracts with customers is recognised when control of the goods are transferred to the customer at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to be
entitled in exchange for those goods. The Group has generally concluded that it is the principal in its revenue arrangements.
Revenue from sale of goods is recognised at the point in time when control of the asset is transferred to the customer, generally on delivery. Cash is normally received in advance of delivery.
Where cash is received during the period in advance of delivery,which is after year end, the balance is recognised as deferred revenue.
The Group considers there are no other promises in the contract that are separate performance obligations to which a portion of the transaction price needs to be allocated. In determining
the transaction price for the sale of goods, the Group considers there is no variable or non cash consideration and no significant financing component exists.
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the consideration transferred, which is measured at
acquisition date fair value.
When the Group acquires a business, it assesses the identifiable assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate classification and designation in accordance with the contractual terms,
economic circumstances and pertinent conditions as at the acquisition date.
Goodwill is initially measured at cost (being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount recognised for non-controlling interests and any previous interest
held over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed). If the fair value of the net assets acquired is in excess of the aggregate consideration transferred, the Group re-
assesses whether it has correctly identified all of the assets acquired and all of the liabilities assumed and reviews the procedures used to measure the amounts to be recognised at the
acquisition date. If the reassessment still results in an excess of the fair value of net assets acquired over the aggregate consideration transferred, then the gain is recognised in profit or loss.
After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the
acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the acquiree are
assigned to those units.
Where goodwill has been allocated to a cash-generating unit (CGU) and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill associated with the disposed operation is included in
the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss on disposal. Goodwill disposed in these circumstances is measured based on the relative values of the disposed
operation and the portion of CGU retained.
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except where identified in the accounting policies below. The Group’s consolidated financial statements
are presented in New Zealand dollars, which is also the parent company’s functional currency. The financial statements have been rounded to 0 decimal places.
The financial statements have been prepared using the going concern assumption. The Group has a negative current ratio of -0.55:1. Therefore, whilst the net negative current ratio
indicates uncertainty in relation to the going concern assumption, the Group has prepared forecasts which indicate that cash on hand, combined with cash flow as a result of operations will
enable the Group to continue operating and satisfy its going concern and solvency requirements.
Accordingly, the Directors believe the going concern assumption is valid and have reached this conclusion having regard to the circumstances which they consider likely to affect the Group
during the period of one year from the date these financials are approved.
The financial statements comprise of the financial statements of the Group and its subsidiaries as at 31 March 2020. Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. Control is achieved
when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. Specifically,
the Group controls an investee if and only if the Group has:
• Power over the investee (i.e. existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee);
• Exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and
• The ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns.
- 9 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Taxation
Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.
Current tax
Deferred tax
Current and deferred tax for the period
Goods and services tax
Property, plant and equipment
The following depreciation rates have been used:
- Motor vehicles21%-25%Straight line
- Plant and machinery 10% - 67% Straight line
- Furniture, fittings and equipment8% - 67%
Straight line
- Computers
50%Straight line
All assets were moved to the straight line depreciation method during the financial year.
Plant, property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses.
Depreciation is recognised so as to write off the cost or valuation of assets less their residual values over their useful lives, using the straight line method. The estimated useful lives, residual
values and depreciation method are reviewed at the end of each reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.
Right of use assets are depreciated over the term of the lease. However, when there is no reasonable certainty that ownership will be obtained by the end of the lease term, assets are
depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives.
An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss
arising on the disposal or retirement of an item of property, plant and equipment is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is
recognised in profit or loss.
Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in
the computation of taxable profit.
Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are generally recognised for all deductible temporary differences to the extent that it
is probable that taxable profits will be available against which those deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised if the
temporary difference arises from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting
profit.
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available
to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.
Deferred tax liabilities and assets are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is settled or the asset realised, based on tax rates (and tax laws)
that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.
The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of the reporting period, to
recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.
The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the period. Taxable profit differs from ‘profit before tax’ as reported in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income because of
items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group's current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been
enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax
regulation is subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.
For the purposes of considering whether there has been any impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash inflows that are largely independent of
the cash flows of other groups of assets. When the book value of a group of assets exceeds the recoverable amount an impairment loss arises and is recognised in earnings immediately.
Revenue, expenses, assets and liabilities are recognised net of the amount of goods and services tax (GST) except:
• where the amount of GST incurred is not recovered from the taxation authority, it is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset or as part of an item of expense; or
• for receivables and payables which are recognised inclusive of GST. (The net amount of GST recoverable from or payable to the taxation authority is included as part of receivables or
payables).
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred tax assets and liabilities
relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.
Current and deferred tax are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income, except when they relate to items that are recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity,
in which case, the current and deferred tax are also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity respectively. Where current tax or deferred tax arises from the initial
accounting for a business combination, the tax effect is included in the accounting for the business combination.
- 10 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Intangible assets
Computer software
Computer software licences and development costs recognised as assets are amortised on a straight line basis at the rates below:
- Software14 - 50 %Straight line
Brands
Goodwill
Goodwill is not amortised, but tested for impairment at least annually.
Finite life intangible assets
Intangible assets acquired in a business combination
Packaging
Packaging is stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value.
Raw materials and work in progress
Raw materials work in progress is stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value.
Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when a Group entity becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instruments.
Financial assets
Financial liabilities
Financial assets and financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value. Transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of financial assets and financial liabilities
(other than financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss) are added to or deducted from the fair value of the financial assets or financial liabilities, as appropriate,
on initial recognition. Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition of financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are recognised immediately in profit or
loss.
The Group’s financial assets are classified, at initial recognition and subsequently measured at amortised cost. The Group measures financial assets at amortised cost if both of the following
conditions are met:
• The financial asset is held with the objective to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows; and
• The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding
The Group’s financial assets at amortised cost includes trade receivables.
Financial assets at amortised cost are subsequently measured using the effective interest (EIR) method and are subject to impairment. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when
the asset is derecognised, modified or impaired.
For trade receivables, the Group applies a simplified approach in calculating ECLs. Therefore, the Group does not track changes in credit risk, but instead recognises a loss allowance based
on lifetime ECLs at each reporting date. The Group has established a provision matrix that is based on its historical credit loss experience, adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to the
debtors and the economic environment.
The Group does not measure any assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (OCI) or fair value through profit or loss.
Financial liabilities are classified, at initial recognition, as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, loans and borrowings, payables, or as derivatives designated as hedging
instruments in an effective hedge, as appropriate.
All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value and, in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs.
The Group’s financial liabilities include trade and other payables, loans and borrowings including bank loans, and derivative financial instruments.
The subsequent measurement of financial liabilities depends on their classification, as described below:
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss includes derivative financial instruments entered into by the Group that are not designated as hedging instruments in hedge relationships
as defined by NZ IFRS 9.
The Group uses derivative financial instruments, such as interest rate swaps to hedge its interest rate risks. Such derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the
date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value through profit or loss. Derivatives are carried as financial assets when the fair value is
positive and as financial liabilities when the fair value is negative.
All potential intangible assets acquired in a business combination are identified and recognised separately from goodwill where they satisfy the definition of an intangible asset and their fair
value can be measured reliably.
Costs that are directly associated with the development of identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Group that will generate economic benefits exceeding costs beyond one
year, are recognised as intangible assets. Costs are capitalised in accordance with IAS 38. Costs associated with maintaining computer software programmes are recognised as an expense
when incurred.
Goodwill acquired in a business combination is recorded as an asset at the date that control is acquired (the acquisition date). Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the
consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable net assets recognised.
Finite life intangible assets represent customer relationships acquired in a business combination and are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment
losses. Amortisation is recognised on a straight line basis, to appropriately reflect the reduction in value of the intangible over its deemed useful life of 2 years.
Brands for which relevant factors indicate that there is no limit to the foreseeable net cash flows are considered to have an indefinite useful life and are held at cost and are not amortised but
are subject to an annual impairment test. Brands are considered to have an indefinite useful life as there are no factors which indicate that there is a limit on their capacity to generate
foreseeable cash flows.
- 11 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Other shareholder contributions
Fair value
Cash and short term deposits
Employee entitlements
All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorised within the fair value hierarchy, described as follows, based on the lowest level
input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:
· In the principal market for the asset or liability; or
For the purposes of fair value disclosures, the Group has determined classes of assets and liabilities on the basis of the nature, characteristics and risks of the asset or liability and the level
of the fair value hierarchy, as explained above.
The Group uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to measure fair value, maximising the use of relevant observable
inputs and minimising the use of unobservable inputs.
The other shareholder contributions are classified as equity in accordance with the terms of the shareholder loan mutual agreement and are measured at fair value, as they do not attract
interest or have fixed repayments.
The Group measures financial instruments such as derivatives at fair value at each balance sheet date.
· In the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market for the asset or liability.
The principal of the most advantageous market must be accessible by the Group.
The fair value of an asset or a liability is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming that market participants act in their
economic best interest.
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value
measurement is based on the presumption that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability takes place either:
Cash and short-term deposits in the statement of financial position comprise cash at bank and on hand and short-term deposits with a maturity of three months or less, which are subject to
an insignificant risk of changes in value.
A fair value measurement of a non-financial asset takes into account a market participant’s ability to generate economic benefits by using the asset in its highest and best use or by selling it
to another market participant that would use the asset in its highest and best use.
· Level 2 – Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is directly or indirectly observable; and
· Level 3 – Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is unobservable.
For assets and liabilities that are recognised in the financial statements on a recurring basis, the Group determines whether transfers have occurred between Levels in the hierarchy by re-
assessing categorisation (based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting period.
· Level 1 – Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Loans and borrowings
After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the EIR method. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the
liabilities are derecognised as well as through the EIR amortisation process.
Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortisation is included as finance
costs in the statement of profit or loss.
This category generally applies to interest-bearing loans and borrowings
A liability for annual leave is accrued and recognised in the consolidated balance sheet. The liability is equal to the present value of the estimated future cash outflows as a result of employee
services provided at balance date. Provisions are classified as non-current only if the Group has a legal entitlement not to make payment within a 12-month period, to the employee to whom
the obligation has been accrued. Provisions made in respect of employee benefits expected to be settled within 12 months are measured at their nominal values using the remuneration rate
expected to apply at the time of settlement. Provisions made in respect of employee benefits that are not expected to be settled within 12 months are measured at the present value of the
estimated future cash outflows to be made by the Group in respect of services provided up to the reporting date.
- 12 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Statement of cash flow
Share-based payments
Equity-settled transactions
Key sources of estimation uncertainty and key judgements
Key sources of estimation uncertainty and key judgements include:
Change in accounting policies
Impact on the consolidated statement of financial position:
1-Apr-19
NZ$
Assets
Right of use assets
10,701,723
Other current assets
53,735
Other lease assets
518,840
Net deferred tax
61,115
Total assets
11,335,413
Equity
Retained earnings
157,153
Total equity
157,153
Liabilities
Trade and other payables
581,127
Other lease liabilities
(1,258,988)
Lease liabilities
(10,865,730)
Total liabilities
(11,543,590)
Standards issued but not yet effective
NZ IFRS 16.1
Lessor accounting under NZ IFRS 16 is substantially unchanged from NZ IAS 17. Lessors will continue to classify leases as either operating or finance leases using similar principles as in
NZ IAS 17. Therefore, NZ IFRS 16 does not have an impact for leases where the Group is the lessor.
- Determining the fair value of share based payments made requires management to exercise their judgement as to the fair value and vesting probability of the relevant instruments issued
(refer note 11).
- The assessment of impairment of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles. The Group determines whether goodwill and indefinite life intangibles are impaired at least on an annual basis. This
requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash generating units to which the goodwill and indefinite life intangibles are allocated. The assumptions used in this estimation of
recoverable amount and the carrying amount of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles are discussed in these notes to the accounts. An impairment assessment of goodwill and brands has
been conducted in the current period. Management have determined that there is no impairment of the cash generating unit containing goodwill and brands (refer note 6). Determining the
recoverable amounts of goodwill and intangible assets requires the estimation of the effects of uncertain future events at balance date. These estimates involve assumptions about risk
assessment to cash flows or discount rates used, future changes in salaries and future changes in price affecting other costs. Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are
based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be measurable under the circumstances.
Service and non-market performance conditions are not taken into account when determining the grant date fair value of awards, but the likelihood of the conditions being met is assessed as
part of the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. Market performance conditions are reflected within the grant date fair value. Any other conditions
attached to an award, but without an associated service requirement, are considered to be non-vesting conditions. Non-vesting conditions are reflected in the fair value of an award and lead
to an immediate expensing of an award unless there are also service and/or performance conditions.
- Financing activities are those activities relating to changes in the equity and debt capital structure of the Group and those activities relating to the cost of servicing the Group’s equity capital.
The statement of cash flow is prepared exclusive of GST, which is consistent with the method used in the income statement.
Definition of terms used in the statement of cash flow:
- Operating activities include all transactions and other events that are not investing or financing activities.
No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest because non-market performance and/or service conditions have not been met. Where awards include a market or non-
vesting condition, the transactions are treated as vested irrespective of whether the market or non-vesting condition is satisfied, provided that all other performance and/or service conditions
are satisfied.
When the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, the minimum expense recognised is the grant date fair value of the unmodified award, provided the original terms of the award are
met. An additional expense, measured as at the date of modification, is recognised for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share-based payment transaction, or is
otherwise beneficial to the employee. Where an award is cancelled by the entity or by the counterparty, any remaining element of the fair value of the award is expensed immediately through
profit or loss.
- Investing activities are those activities relating to the acquisition and disposal of current and non-current investments and any other non-current assets.
NZ IFRS 16
NZ IFRS 16 supersedes NZ IAS 17 Leases, NZ IFRIC 4 Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease, NZ SIC-15 Operating Leases-Incentives and NZ SIC-27 Evaluating the
Substance of Transactions Involving the Legal Form of a Lease. The standard sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases and requires
lessees to recognise most leases on the balance sheet.
NZ IFRS 16.62
The Group adopted NZ IFRS 16 using the modified retrospective method of adoption, with the date of initial application of 1 April 2019. The Group elected to use the transition practical
expedient to not reassess whether a contract is, or contains, a lease at 1 April 2019. Instead, the Group applied the standard only to contracts that were previously identified as leases
applying NZ IAS 17 and NZ IFRIC 4 at the date of initial application. The Group also elected to use the recognition exemptions for lease contracts that, at the commencement date, have a
lease term of 12 months or less and do not contain a purchase option (short-term leases), and lease contracts for which the underlying asset is of low value (low-value assets).
There are no new standards and interpretations that have been issued, but not yet effective, up to the date of issuance of the Group's financial
statements.
Judgements made by management in the application of NZ IFRS that have significant effects on the financial statements and estimates with a significant risk of material adjustments in the
next year are disclosed, where applicable, in the relevant notes to the financial statements.
From time to time senior executive and management personnel of the Group receive remuneration in the form of share-based payments and render services as consideration for equity
instruments (equity-settled transactions).
The cost of equity-settled transactions is determined by the fair value at the date when the grant is made using an appropriate valuation model, further details of which are given in note 11.
The cost is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income, together with a corresponding increase in equity (share-based payment reserve), over the period in which service and,
where applicable, the performance conditions are fulfilled (the vesting period). The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date
reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. The expense or credit in the statement of
comprehensive income for a period represents the movement in cumulative expense recognised as at the beginning and end of the period.
- 13 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements
Year endedYear ended
1Income
20202019
NZ$NZ$
Contracts with customers
153,301,014
155,956,974
Total income
153,301,014155,956,974
Dividend income
- 405
Interest income
40,620
41,055
Other income
56,377 111,617
Gain on disposal of plant, property and equipment
12,794 -
Total other income
109,791 153,077
2Expenses
Profit before income tax has been arrived at after charging the following expenses and losses from operations:
Year endedYear ended
20202019
NZ$NZ$
Staff expenses
Salaries and wages
(10,900,836)
(11,090,381)
Defined contribution
(233,659)(219,755)
Interest expense
(1,282,346)(923,142)
IT expenses
(1,632,388)(1,214,798)
Fair value of derivatives
(74,093)(238,476)
Amortisation expense on intangible assets6
(2,072,515)(1,670,147)
Depreciation expense on property, plant and equipment5
(844,022)(614,151)
Depreciation expenses on right of use assets9
(1,395,263)-
Loss on disposal of plant, property and equipment
-(36,137)
Fees paid to Ernst & Young:
Audit fees paid to Ernst & Young
(73,950)(63,000)
Year endedYear ended
3Taxation
20202019
NZ$NZ$
Current period
3,670,4933,125,483
Adjustments for prior periods
(59,662)(47,481)
Current tax expense
3,610,8313,078,002
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
(541,398)(240,667)
Recognition of previously unrecognised tax losses
6,326-
Deferred tax expense (income)
(535,072)(240,667)
Total income tax expense
3,075,7592,837,335
Reconciliation of effective tax rate
Profit before tax
11,256,24610,053,753
Income tax using the Company tax rate 28%
3,151,7492,815,051
(Under) / over provided in prior years
(59,662)(47,481)
Non-deductible expenses
(16,328)69,765
Income tax expense
3,075,7592,837,335
Deferred Income tax
As at 1 April
(4,804,127)(5,044,794)
Impact of IFRS 16 adoption to Retained Earnings
61,115
-
(Under) / over provided in prior years
(6,326)-
Charge / (credit) to statement of comprehensive income
541,398240,667
As at 31 March
(4,207,940)(4,804,127)
Leases and Right of
use Assets
Fixed assetsDerivativesIntangiblesProvisionsTax losses
Total
As at 1 April 2019
-62,037118,441(5,448,353)457,7306,018
(4,804,127)
Credited / (charged) to the statement of profit or
loss
253,296135,04020,746308,259(221,567)-495,774
Credited / (charged) to Equity *
------100,413
Deferred tax as at 31 March 2020
253,296197,077139,187(5,140,096)236,1636,018
(4,207,940)
As at 1 April 2018
--51,827(5,756,609)653,9706,018
(5,044,794)
Credited / (charged) to the statement of profit or
loss
-62,03766,614308,256(196,240)-240,667
Deferred tax as at 31 March 2019
-62,037118,441(5,448,353)457,7306,018
(4,804,127)
* Deferred tax on Share options
Imputation credit account through shareholdings
20202019
Imputation credits / (debits) at end of year
2,071,9963,133,525
The tax on the Group’s profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the tax rate applicable in New Zealand as follows:
Deferred income tax assets are recognised for tax loss carry-forwards to the extent that the realisation of the related tax benefit
through the future taxable profits is probable.
The movement in deferred income tax assets and liabilities during the period, without taking into consideration the offsetting balances
within the same tax jurisdiction is as follows:
- 14 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
4Trade Receivables
20202019
NZ$NZ$
Trade receivables
134,621142,532
Estimated credit loss for trade receivables
(41,163)(85,522)
Sundry debtors
1,443,1871,058,347
Other receivables
- 10,937
Trade and other receivables
1,536,6451,126,294
5Property, plant and equipment
Motor vehicles
Plant &
machinery
Furniture,
Fittings and
Equipment
Fit-out WIP Computers Total
NZ$ NZ$ NZ$ NZ$ NZ$ NZ$
Year ended 31 March 2020
Balance as at 1 April 2019370,5772,316,9831,751,7612,380368,8294,810,530
Additions47,429246,24877,743-110,556481,976
Transfers-2,380-(2,380)-
Disposals--(5,543)-(4,069)(9,612)
Balance as at 31 March 2020
418,0062,565,6111,823,961-475,3165,282,894
Accumulated depreciation
Balance as at 1 April 2019(183,177)(387,146)(500,709)-(237,498)(1,308,530)
Depreciation eliminated on disposal of assets--5,543-4,0699,611
Depreciation charge(68,843)(359,352)(275,112)-(140,715)(844,022)
Balance as at 31 March 2020
(252,020)(746,498)(770,278)-(374,144)(2,142,941)
Net book value as at 31 March 2020
165,9861,819,1131,053,683-101,1723,139,953
Year ended 31 March 2019
Balance as at 1 April 2018341,2312,114,3381,695,6272,380271,206 4,424,782
Additions59,346217,77779,163-102,125
458,411
Disposals(30,000)(15,132)(23,029)-(4,502)(72,663)
Balance as at 31 March 2019
370,5772,316,9831,751,7612,380368,8294,810,530
Accumulated depreciation
Balance as at 1 April 2018(146,460)(151,754)(293,614)-(139,078)(730,906)
Depreciation eliminated on disposal of assets15,3529,58410,090-1,50136,527
Depreciation charge(52,069)(244,976)(217,185)-(99,921)(614,151)
Balance as at 31 March 2019
(183,177)(387,146)(500,709)-(237,498)(1,308,530)
Net book value as at 31 March 2019
187,4001,929,8371,251,0522,380131,3313,502,000
6Intangible assets
Software
Software work
in progress
Goodwill
Customer
relationships
Brand Total
NZ$NZ$NZ$NZ$NZ$ NZ$
Year ended 31 March 2020
Cost or valuation
Balance as at 1 April 20191,393,552477,87663,539,1065,261,03518,357,48489,029,053
Additions for the year
52,8073,118,91091,846--3,263,563
Transfers1,874,693(1,874,693)-
Disposals(64,710)----(64,710)
Balance as at 31 March 2020
3,256,3421,722,09363,630,9525,261,03518,357,48492,227,906
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
Balance as at 1 April 2019(741,829)--(4,160,119)-(4,901,948)
Amortisation eliminated on disposal of asset43,361----43,361
Amortisation charge(971,599)--(1,100,916)-(2,072,515)
Balance as at 31 March 2020
(1,670,067)--(5,261,035)-(6,931,102)
Book value as at 31 March 20201,586,2751,722,09363,630,952-18,357,484
85,296,804
Year ended 31 March 2019
Cost or valuation
Balance as at 1 April 20181,755,24673,77563,792,1265,261,03518,357,48489,239,666
Additions for the year466,633404,101---870,734
Disposals(828,327)-(253,020)--(1,081,347)
Balance as at 31 March 2019
1,393,552477,87663,539,1065,261,03518,357,48489,029,053
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
Balance as at 1 April 2018(864,671)--(3,059,203)-(3,923,874)
Amortisation eliminated on disposal of asset692,073----692,073
Amortisation charge(569,231)--(1,100,916)-(1,670,147)
Balance as at 31 March 2019
(741,829)--(4,160,119)-(4,901,948)
Book value as at 31 March 2019651,723477,87663,539,1061,100,91618,357,48484,127,105
· Projected cash flows, in particular the underlying growth rates supporting this which have been based on historical data and current market information;
· Post-tax discount rates to reflect the Group's estimate of the time value of money and risks associated with the CGU. In determining the appropriate discount rate, consideration has been
given to the estimated weighted average cost of capital ("WACC") of 8.6%.
The Group has assessed brand assets as having an indefinite useful life. In coming to this conclusion, management considered expected expansion of the usage of the brands across other
products and markets, the typical customer lifecycle of these assets, the stability of the industry in which the brands are operating, the level of maintenance expenditure required and the
period of legal control over the brands. During the current period, management has determined that there is no impairment of any of the brands. The Group has determined that the
assessment of any potential impairment of goodwill is most sensitive to changes in the following assumptions:
There is only one cash generating unit. The cash generating unit has been valued on a Value in Use basis using a discounted cash flow model.
- 15 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
7Subsidiaries
My Food Bag Group comprises the following entities which are incorporated in New Zealand:
Interest held
My Food Bag Limited
100%
8Trade and other payables
20202019
Current liabilities
NZ$NZ$
Trade payables
(9,979,276)(6,845,420)
Credit cards
(43,621)(49,689)
GST payable
(657,418)(913,262)
Accrued expenses
(707,927)
(1,899,186)
Current trade and other payables
(11,388,242)(9,707,557)
Non Current liabilities
Accrued expenses
-(581,127)
Non Current trade and other payables
-(581,127)
9Leases
Property Motor vehicles Plant & Total
NZ$ NZ$ NZ$
NZ$
As at 1 April 2019
Balance as at 1 April 201910,192,81158,315450,59710,701,723
Additions/ Increases187,531-39,967227,498
Depreciation expense(1,189,851)(44,299)(161,113)
(1,395,263)
Balance as at 31 March 2020
9,190,49114,016329,4519,533,958
NZ$
As at 1 April12,124,718
Additions233,482
Accretion of interest463,662
Payments(1,775,467)
Subleases(184,324)
As at 31 March 2020
10,862,071
Current1,092,975
Non-current9,769,096
2020
NZ$
Depreciation expense of right-of-use assets
1,395,263
Interest expense on lease liabilities
463,662
Total amount recognised in profit or loss
1,858,925
NZ$
Operating lease commitments as at 31 March 2019
13,326,641
Operating expenses not included under NZ IFRS 16
(228,867)
Difference in accounting treatment
21,230
Weighted average incremental borrowing rate as at 1 April 2019
4%
Discounted operating lease commitments as at 1 April 2019
10,483,512
Lease payments relating to renewal periods not included in operating lease commitments
1,620,878
Lease liabilities as at 1 April 2019
12,104,390
The weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied to lease liabilities is 4%.
MFB Group has applied a single discount rate to the portfolio of lease as thy have similar characteristics and are in a similar economic environment.
10Issued capital and reserves
NZ$NumberNZ$Number
Fully paid ordinary shares
1,000,000100,0001,000,000100,000
The ordinary shares have no par value
2020
The Group had total cash outflows for leases of $1,775,467 in 2020. The Group also had non-cash additions to right-of-use assets and lease liabilities of $227,000 in
2020.
Issued capital and reserves compromises:
Each fully paid ordinary share confers on the holder one vote at a meeting of the company, a share in distributions approved by the Directors, and a share in the distribution of the surplus
assets of the company on dissolution.
The Group also has certain leases of machinery and with lease terms of 12 months or less and leases of office equipment with low value. The Group applies the ‘short-
term lease’ and ‘lease of low-value assets’ recognition exemptions for these leases.
Set out below are the carrying amounts of right-of-use assets recognised and the movements during the period:
Set out below are the carrying amounts of lease liabilities (included under interest-bearing loans and borrowings) and the movements during the period:
The following are the amounts recognised in profit or loss:
The lease liabilities as at 1 April 2019 can be reconciled to the operating lease commitments as of 31 March 2019, as follows:
2019
The Group has lease contracts for property and various items of plant, machinery, vehicles and other equipment used in its operations. Leases of property have lease
terms between 3 and 9 years, while plant, machinery, vehicles and other equipment generally have lease terms between 3 and 5 years. The Group’s obligations under its
leases are secured by the lessor’s title to the leased assets. Generally, the Group is restricted from assigning and subleasing the leased assets. There are several lease
contracts that include extension and termination options, which is further discussed below.
- 16 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
11Share option schemes
Other capital reserves
20202019
NZ$NZ$
As at 1 April
85,573
44,335
Changes during the period
273,04741,238
As at 31 March
358,62085,573
Nature and purpose of reserves
Fair value
20202019
Fair value of equity share optionsOptionsNZ$NZ$
Opening value4,200396,674118,790
Granted on 1 August 2017200--
Forfeited on 22 December 2017(4,000)-(84,850)
Granted on 4 April 2018125-
10,606
Granted on 7 June 2018
2,000-169,700
Granted 26 November 20181,000-84,850
Forfeited on 18 December 2018(200)-(16,970)
Granted on 3 December 2018850
-72,123
Granted on 24 February 2019500-42,425
Granted on 20 June 2019825266,591-
5,500663,265396,674
The fair value of the share options were estimated on the grant date, based on a valuation methodology having regard to the company value at grant date, expiry date of the options, exercise
price, risk free interest rate, volatility and dividend yield.
The method was chosen on the basis that it provides the most appropriate assessment of the fair value.
The share options have been valued using a simulation model assuming that the share prices are lognormally distributed. The future value is discounted back to present value at the risk-
free rate, as the equity risk has been accounted for via the simulation modelling.
All other reserves are as stated in the consolidated statement of changes in equity.
The Group has a share option scheme under which options to subscribe for the Group’s shares have been granted to certain executives and senior employees. The options convert to
ordinary shares.
This is an equity settled share scheme.
The share-based payment valuation reserve is used to recognise the value of equity-settled share-based payments provided to employees, including key management personnel, as part of
their remuneration.
- 17 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
12Capital management
13Financial instruments
As at 31 March 2020
Financial loans and
receivables at
amortised cost
Financial
assets at fair
value
Total
NZ$NZ$ NZ$
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
8,336,744-
8,336,744
Trade receivables
1,536,645
-1,536,645
Total financial assets
9,873,389-9,873,389
Non-financial assets
99,775,285
Total assets
109,648,674
As at 31 March 2019
Financial loans and
receivables at
amortised cost
Financial
assets at fair
value
Total
NZ$NZ$ NZ$
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
2,952,532-
2,952,532
Trade receivables
1,126,294-1,126,294
Total financial assets
4,078,826-4,078,826
Non-financial assets
88,409,386
Total assets
92,488,212
Derivative financial liabilities fair value
Deal DateMaturity DateInterest Rate Notional Amount Pay FrequencyFair Value
Interest Rate Swaps
25/11/201630-09-211.34%15,000,000$ Quarter(497,097)$
Interest rate sensitivity
20202019
Increase / decrease
in basis points
Effect on profit
before tax
Effect on profit
before tax
NZD$
+10(478,024)$ 388,194
NZD$
-10(516,208)$
(457,917)
The impact on equity is the same as the impact on profit before tax as there are no concentrations of credit risk.
The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates on that portion of loans and borrowings. The Group's profit before tax is affected through the
impact on floating rate borrowings, as follows:
The group enters into interest rate swaps to manage the interest rate risk on the bank loan.
As at 31 March 2020, the Group had an interest rate swap agreement in place for a total notional amount of $15,000,000 whereby the Group receives a fixed rate of interest of 2.785% and
pays interest at a variable rate which as at 31 March 2020 is 1.34%.
For the purpose of the Group’s capital management, capital includes issued capital, share options and all other equity reserves attributable to the equity holders of the parent. The primary
objective of the Group’s capital management is to maximise shareholder value. The Group complied with all externally imposed capital requirements during the period to which it is subject.
The assumed movement in basis points for the interest rate sensitivity analysis is based on the currently observable market environment.
- 18 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Financial liabilities, interest-bearing loans and borrowings
As at 31 March 2020
Financial liabilities at
amortised cost
Financial
liabilities at
fair value
Total
NZ$NZ$ NZ$
Liabilities
Trade and other payables
(11,388,242)-
(11,388,242)
Derivative financial liabilities
-(497,097)
(497,097)
Finance lease liabilities
(9,769,096)
-
(9,769,096)
Bank loan
(16,918,933)-
(16,918,933)
Total financial liabilities
(38,076,271)(497,097)(38,573,368)
Total current
(11,885,339)
Total non current
(26,688,029)
Non-financial liabilities
(12,852,613)
Total liabilities
(51,425,981)
As at 31 March 2019
Financial liabilities at
amortised cost
Financial
liabilities at
fair value
Total
NZ$NZ$ NZ$
Liabilities
Trade and other payables
(10,288,684)
(10,288,684)
Derivative financial liabilities
-
(423,005)
(423,005)
Finance lease liabilities
(51,025)
(51,025)
Bank loan
(16,867,733)
(16,867,733)
Total financial liabilities
(27,207,442)(423,005)27,630,447
Total current
(13,084,919)
Total non current
(14,545,528)
Non-financial liabilities
6,530,695
Total liabilities
34,161,142
Effective interest
rate
20202019
Current interest bearing loans and liabilities
NZ$
NZ$
Obligations under leases 4 - 8%
01/04/20 - 31/03/21
- -
Bank loans
1.35% plus margin
(1.95% - 2.15%)
- (2,923,660)
Non-current interest bearing loans and liabilities
Obligations under leases 4 - 8%
01/04/20 - 31/03/2029
(13,326,641)-
Bank loans
1.34% plus margin
(1.95% - 2.15%)
(16,918,933)(13,944,073)
Bank loans
MFB Group Limited (the Borrower) has entered into a Senior Facility Agreement comprising of a term loan facility.
Term loan facility
- 1.95% per annum for Tranche A
- 2.15% per annum for Tranche B
Fair value measurement
Liabilities measured at fair value Date of Valuation
Quoted prices in
active markets
Significant
observable
inputs
Significant
unobservable
inputs
NZ$NZ$NZ$
Derivative financial liabilities
31/03/2020(497,097)
Liquidity risk
The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual payments
Period ended 31 March 2020
On demand Less than 3 months 3 to 12 months1 to 5 years
Total
NZ$NZ$NZ$NZ$
NZ$
Trade and other payables
- (11,388,242)- -
(11,388,242)
Bank loan
- (16,918,933)
(16,918,933)
- (11,388,242)- (16,918,933)
(28,307,175)
Maturity
22/11/21
The Group’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of bank overdrafts, bank loans, and leases. The Group assessed the concentration
of risk with respect to refinancing its debt and concluded it to be low. Access to sources of funding is sufficiently available.
On 22 November 2016 $25,600,000 was drawn down to fund the acquisition of My Food Bag Limited.
The term loan facility comprises of Tranche A and Tranche B to assist with funding the acquisition (including payment of the purchase price, refinancing any existing financial indebtedness of
the target and payment of the establishment fee), and for general commercial purposes. MFB have met all of its covenants requirements for the year ended 31 March 2020.
The Group monitors its risk to a shortage of funds using a liquidity planning tool.
22/11/21
MFB Group made no repayments in the period ended 31 March 2020 (2019: $3,000,000) to bring the period end balance to $17,000,000 (2019: $17,000,000). Borrowing costs have been
capitalised to bank loans and amortised over the expected period of realisation.
The loan has general security in place, being a security interest in the personal property, and a fixed charge over the 'other property' (meaning real property, and anything that is not personal
property), of MFB Group Limited, and an expiry date of 22 November 2021.
Derivative financial liabilities are valued at mark to market
The following table provides the fair value measurement hierarchy of the Group’s assets and liabilities as at 31 March 2020:
Interest rate comprises of the base rate (BKBM rate) plus a margin of:
- 19 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
14Related party transactions
Trading transactions
During the period, Group entities entered into the following trading transactions with related parties that are not members of the Group:
SalariesDirectors feesOther fees
Goods
purchased
Total
Total
Receivable at
year end
NZ$NZ$NZ$
NZ$
J & C Robinson
60,000 75,000 -
135,000
T Gattung - 30,000 - -
30,000
K Roberts -
30,000 - -
30,000
C Marshall -
30,000 -
-
30,000-
P Maud - 30,000 - -
30,000-
L Jenkins - 30,000 - -
30,000-
N Lim -
- 255,953
26,178
282,131
Total - 210,000 330,953 26,178
567,131-
The following other shareholder contributions:
20202019
NZ$NZ$
The APL Holdings Trust
5,518,260
5,518,260
5,518,260
5,518,260
The Lim & Bagrie Family Trust
2,759,130
2,759,130
The Red Rose Trust
1,532,850
1,532,850
Waterman Fund 3LP
35,766,500
35,766,500
Total
51,095,000
51,095,000
The following amounts were paid to key management personnel of the Group during the financial period:
20202019
NZ$NZ$
2,126,275
2,199,246
Share-based payment transactions
273,047
41,238
2,399,322
2,240,484
15Earnings per share (EPS)
20202019
NZ$NZ$
Basic earnings per share
Net profit attributable to shareholders ($)8,180,487 7,216,418
Weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue100,000 100,000
Basic earnings per share ($)81.8072.16
Diluted earnings per share
Net profit attributable to shareholders ($)8,180,487 7,216,418
Weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue for diluted earnings per share105,363 103,783
Diluted earnings per share ($)77.6469.53
Reconciliation of weighted average number of shares
Ordinary shares100,000 100,000
Adjustment for shares outstanding under the employee share scheme
5,500 4,675
Weighted average number of shares used as the denominator in calculating diluted 105,363 103,783
Short term employee benefits
Total compensation paid to key management personnel
Balances and transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties of the Company, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note.
Details of transactions between the Group and other related parties are disclosed below.
The Theresa Gattung Investment Trust
Other shareholder contributions from related parties are not interest bearing and are repayable on repayment date.
The other shareholder contributions have been classified as equity contributions as repayment is on mutual agreement of both the borrower and the lender (or else they are perpetual) and
the contributions are interest free. The other shareholder contributions carry no voting rights.
Compensation of key management personnel of the Group
- 20 -
Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
16Operating cash flow reconciliation
20202019
NZ$NZ$
Net profit before taxation11,256,246
10,053,753
Adjustments for non-cash items:
Depreciation on property plant & equipment 844,022614,151
Amortisation on intangible assets2,072,5151,670,147
Non cash movements in intangible assets(22,140)
33,677
Non cash write offs
-389,274
Gain / loss on sale of property, plant & equipment
12,794
36,137
Derivative financial instruments 74,092237,907
Share based payment expense273,04841,238
Depreciation on right of use assets1,395,263-
Interest on right of use assets463,662-
Changes in assets and liabilities
Increase / decrease in Trade and other receivables(410,351)(50,436)
Increase / decrease in Packaging(114,531)250,230
Increase / decrease in Raw materials work in progress(499,708)687,292
Increase / decrease in Other current assets54,43641,063
Increase / decrease in Prepayments(57,665)123,325
Increase / decrease in Trade and other payables1,099,558248,968
Increase / decrease in Deferred revenue4,729,045(1,898,568)
Increase / decrease in Other liabilities21,94915,683
Increase/ decrease in lease receivable assets(165,755)-
Increase/ decrease in finance leases relating to operating cash flows581,127-
Income tax paid (2,406,272)(3,239,837)
Positive net cash flows from operating activities19,201,3369,254,004
17Contingent liabilities
The Group has no contingent liabilities (2019:NIL)
18Capital commitments
The Group has capital commitments of $160k (2019: $1,015k )
19Events after the reporting date
20Approval of financial statements
The financial statements were approved by the board of directors and authorised for issue on 4 June 2020.
The reconciliation of profit before tax to net cash flows from operations is as follows:
On the 3rd April 2020 MFB Group obtained a $6,095,000 bank loan from ASB Bank and used the funds to partially repay the shareholder loans. In April 2020, MFB Group
also restructured $5,000,000 as a working capital facility and removed amortisation on remaining debt for the remaining period.
In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared a global pandemic due to the novel coronavirus (COVID-19). Since 31 March 2020, the spread of COVID-19 has
severely impacted many local economies around the globe. Due to the nature of My Food Bag's operations which are deemed to be an essential service, the COVID-19
pandemic has seen a positive impact on the business' operating profit. Management concludes that the COVID-19 crisis has not caused significant changes to assets or
liabilities. The full extent and duration of the impact of COVID-19 is currently unknown.
- 21 -
---
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
Review Report to the Shareholders of MFB Group Limited (“the company”) and its subsidiary
(together “the group”)
We have reviewed the interim financial statements on pages 3 to 9, which comprise the consolidated statement of
financial position of the group as at 30 September 2020, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive
income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows of the group for the
period ended on that date, and a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.
This report is made solely to the company's shareholders, as a body. Our review has been undertaken so that we
might state to the company's shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in a review report and
for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone
other than the company and the company's shareholders as a body, for our review work, for this report, or for our
findings.
Directors’ Responsibilities
The directors are responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of interim financial statements which comply
with New Zealand Equivalent to International Accounting Standard 34: Interim Financial Reporting and for such
internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation and fair presentation of the
interim financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
Reviewer’s Responsibilities
Our responsibility is to express a conclusion on the interim financial statements based on our review. We conducted
our review in accordance with NZ SRE 2410 Review of Financial Statements Performed by the Independent Auditor
of the Entity. NZ SRE 2410 requires us to conclude whether anything has come to our attention that causes us to
believe that the financial statements, taken as a whole, are not prepared in all material respects, in accordance with
New Zealand Equivalent to International Accounting Standard 34: Interim Financial Reporting. As the auditor of the
group, NZ SRE 2410 requires that we comply with the ethical requirements relevant to the audit of the annual
financial statements.
Basis of Statement
A review of interim financial statements in accordance with NZ SRE 2410 is a limited assurance engagement. The
auditor performs procedures, primarily consisting of making enquiries, primarily of persons responsible for
financial and accounting matters, and applying analytical and other review procedures.
The procedures performed in a review are substantially less than those performed in an audit conducted in
accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand). Accordingly, we do not express an audit
opinion on those financial statements.
Other than in our capacity as auditor we have no relationship with, or interests in, the group.
Conclusion
Based on our review nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that the accompanying interim
financial statements, set out on pages 3 to 9, do not present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated
financial position of the group as at 30 September 2020 and its consolidated financial performance and cash flows
for the six month period ended on that date in accordance with New Zealand Equivalent to International Accounting
Standard 34: Interim Financial Reporting.
Our review was completed on 15 December 2020 and our findings are expressed as at that date.
Ernst & Young
Chartered Accountants
Auckland
- 2 -
---
1
PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
My Food Bag Group Limited
Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
As at 30 September 2020
Reporting entity and basis of preparation
The table below sets out the adjustments that have been made to the consolidated statement of financial position
of My Food Bag Group Limited (‘the Company’) as at 30 September 2020, in order to prepare the unaudited pro
forma consolidated statement of financial position (‘Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Financial Position’) for
the Company. These adjustments reflect the events and assumptions discussed in the notes to the table,
including the impact of the capital structure that will be in place following completion of the offer of ordinary shares
in the Company (the ‘Offer’).
The Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Financial Position has been prepared using the same accounting
policies as the Company’s audit-reviewed half-year financial statements for the period ended 30 September 2020
which is available on the Offer Register filed in connection with the Offer at
https://disclose-
register.companiesoffice.govt.nz/ (OFR13033)
The adjustments are consistent with the assumptions adopted in the Prospective Financial Information prepared
in connection with the Offer. The Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Financial Position has been prepared
solely for the purpose of satisfying the requirements imposed under the listing rules of the Australian Securities
Exchange (‘ASX’) in connection with the admission of My Food Bag Group Limited to the official list of ASX as a
Foreign Exempt Listing.
2
My Food Bag Group Limited
Statutory Historical Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and Pro Forma
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
As at 30 September 2020
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Pro forma adjustments
NZ$m
FY21H1 Historical
statutory
consolidated
statement of
financial position
(audit reviewed)
1
Repayment of
shareholder
loans
2
Vesting of
Employee Share
Options
3
Capital Issued
4
Transaction
Costs
5
Repayment of
debt
6
Unaudited Pro
Forma
Consolidated
Statement of
Financial
Position
Assets
Current
Cash and cash equivalents4.41.554.8(16.4)(44.4)-
Trade and other receivables1.01.0
Raw materials work in progress1.11.1
Packaging0.30.3
Prepayments0.70.7
Other current assets0.10.1
Current finance lease receivable--
Total current assets7.6-1.554.8(16.4)(44.4)3.2
Non-current
Property, plant and equipment3.23.2
Intangible assets85.885.8
Finance lease receivable0.30.3
Right-of-use assets12.112.1
Total non-current assets101.4-----101.4
Total assets109.0-1.554.8(16.4)(44.4)104.6
Liabilities
Current
Trade and other payables(11.9)(11.9)
Deferred revenue(3.4)(3.4)
Finance lease liabilities --
Current lease liabilities (2.4)(2.4)
Derivative financial liabilities(0.4)(0.4)
Other current liabilities(1.1)(1.1)
Current bank loan0.1(0.0)0.1
Current tax liability(2.5)3.61.1
Total current liabilities(21.7)-3.6--(0.0)(18.0)
Non-current
Trade and other payables--
Finance lease liabilities --
Lease liabilities (11.1)(11.1)
Provisions(0.3)(0.3)
Bank loan(18.1)(45.0)44.4(18.6)
Deferred tax liability(4.4)(0.1)(4.5)
Total non-current liabilities(33.8)(45.0)(0.1)--44.4(34.5)
Total liabilities(55.5)(45.0)3.5--44.4(52.5)
-
Net assets53.6(45.0)5.054.8(16.4)(0.0)52.1
Equity
Share capital1.05.754.8(2.0)59.5
Retained earnings7.1(0.2)(14.3)(7.4)
Other shareholder contributions45.0(45.0)-
Share based payment reserve0.5(0.5)0.0
Total equity 53.6(45.0)5.054.8(16.4)-52.1
3
My Food Bag Group Limited
Statutory Historical Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and Pro Forma
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
As at 30 September 2020
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Notes supporting the Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
1. The historical statutory consolidated statement of financial position represents the audit reviewed
statement of financial position for My Food Bag Group Limited as at 30 September 2020;
2. Repayment of shareholder loans – prior to the offer, $45.0m was drawn on long-term debt facilities to
repay long-term shareholder loans of $45.0m;
3. Vesting of employee share options – prior to the Offer, the employee share options issued to current
and former senior members of it’s management team will be converted to share capital;
4. Capital issued – a total of $54.8m of new equity is to be issued through the Offer;
5. Transaction costs – As a consequence of the Offer, total cash transaction costs of $16.7m are payable,
and to be recognised in FY21F, note $0.3m were recognised in H1FY21. Of these costs, $14.6m will be
recognised in the statement of comprehensive income and is assumed not deductible for tax purposes.
The remaining $2.0m is expected to be capitalised against equity as these relate to the issue and listing
of new capital;
6. Repayment of debt – At the IPO date, a net $44.4 m of debt will be repaid from the proceeds of the Offer
and operating cashflows within the business.
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.
Other issuers discussed similar conditions around this time
Matched by meaning across NZX announcement text, not keywords — based on our semantic index of announcement bodies.
- FPH — Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited: Notification of Issue of Securities2021-04-21
“This appendix is not available as an online form Please fill in and submit as a PDF announcement +Rule 2.7 + See chapter 19 for defined terms 31 January 2020 Page 1 Appendix 2A Application for quotation of +securities Information or documents not available now must be give…”
- FPH — Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited: Notification of Issue of Securities2020-12-22
“This appendix is not available as an online form Please fill in and submit as a PDF announcement +Rule 2.7 + See chapter 19 for defined terms 31 January 2020 Page 1 Appendix 2A Application for quotation of +securities Information or documents not available now must be give…”
- FPH — Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited: Notification of Issue of Securities2021-05-27
“This appendix is not available as an online form Please fill in and submit as a PDF announcement +Rule 2.7 + See chapter 19 for defined terms 31 January 2020 Page 1 Appendix 2A Application for quotation of +securities Information or documents not available now must be give…”